1 #LyX 1.6.0beta3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
121 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
123 \begin_inset CommandInset href
125 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
136 \begin_inset Newline newline
140 \begin_inset Newline newline
144 \begin_inset Note Note
147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
148 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
149 \begin_inset Newline newline
154 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
164 LatexCommand tableofcontents
171 \begin_layout Chapter
175 \begin_layout Section
179 \begin_layout Standard
180 LyX is a document preparation system.
181 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
182 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
183 It is unlike most other
184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
191 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
193 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
205 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
210 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
214 \begin_layout Standard
215 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
228 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
232 \begin_layout Standard
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
246 the format of all of the manuals.
247 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
248 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 \begin_layout Section
269 \begin_layout Standard
270 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
272 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
273 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
275 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
294 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
297 \begin_layout Standard
298 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
299 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
300 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
302 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
303 only a vertical scrollbar.
304 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
305 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
306 This, however, is due
307 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
308 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
309 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
310 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
312 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
313 this doesn't work for equations yet.
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
325 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
330 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
331 ing sections of this documentation.
334 \begin_layout Section
338 \begin_layout Standard
339 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
344 of the manuals from inside LyX.
345 Just select the manual you want read from the
352 \begin_layout Section
354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
356 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
365 without resorting to configuration files.
366 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
367 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
368 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
383 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
384 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
385 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
386 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
388 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Reconfiguration of LyX
401 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
404 \begin_layout Section
406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
408 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
415 \begin_layout Standard
416 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
417 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
440 that will be created when using the menu
442 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
461 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
462 \begin_inset Note Note
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
466 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
474 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
475 More on ERT is described in section
480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
486 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
507 Reconfiguration of LyX
515 \begin_layout Chapter
519 \begin_layout Section
520 Basic File Operations
524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 \begin_layout Standard
538 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
542 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_layout Itemize
572 \begin_layout Itemize
578 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
608 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Standard
643 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
644 a few minor differences.
647 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
662 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
663 you for a template to use.
664 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
665 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
666 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
674 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
681 \begin_layout Standard
683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
706 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
707 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
710 \begin_layout Standard
731 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
736 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
761 will reload the document from disk.
762 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
763 and want to restore it to the last save.
772 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
773 can identify this as your changes.
776 \begin_layout Section
777 Basic Editing Features
781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
790 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
797 \begin_layout Standard
798 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
799 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
800 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
801 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
803 We'll start with cut and paste.
806 \begin_layout Standard
807 As you might expect, the
811 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
812 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
816 \begin_layout Itemize
822 \begin_layout Itemize
828 \begin_layout Itemize
834 \begin_layout Itemize
844 \begin_layout Itemize
854 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 The first three are self-explanatory.
870 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
871 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
880 keys also functions as the
885 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
886 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
891 to get back the lost text.
894 \begin_layout Standard
898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
904 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
913 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
916 \begin_layout Standard
919 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
924 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
935 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
941 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
950 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
951 will start a new paragraph.
954 \begin_layout Standard
958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1005 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1017 \begin_inset space ~
1022 button to skip the current word.
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1031 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1035 \begin_inset space ~
1040 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1042 If the toggle is set, searching for
1043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1054 will not match the word
1055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1069 Match whole words only
1071 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1099 \begin_layout Standard
1100 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1101 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1103 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1108 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1115 \begin_layout Section
1120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1139 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1146 \begin_layout Standard
1147 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1148 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1154 to undo some mistake.
1155 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1173 \begin_layout Standard
1174 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1175 it was last saved, the
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1184 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1187 \begin_layout Standard
1196 work on almost everything in LyX.
1197 They have some quirks, too.
1206 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1207 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1215 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1216 surely appreciate how it works.
1219 \begin_layout Section
1224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1233 \begin_layout Standard
1234 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1237 \begin_layout Enumerate
1242 \begin_layout Itemize
1247 once anywhere in the edit window.
1248 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1252 \begin_layout Enumerate
1257 \begin_layout Itemize
1263 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1269 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1272 \begin_layout Itemize
1273 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1282 \begin_layout Enumerate
1283 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1287 \begin_layout Standard
1292 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1293 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1294 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1298 \begin_layout Enumerate
1303 \begin_layout Standard
1308 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1313 \begin_layout Section
1315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1317 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1334 \begin_layout Standard
1335 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1336 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1338 LyX's default is CUA.
1341 \begin_layout Standard
1345 \begin_inset space ~
1353 \begin_inset space ~
1374 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1378 \begin_layout Labeling
1379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1383 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1384 LatexCommand nomenclature
1386 description "Tabulator key"
1392 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1393 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1394 \begin_inset space ~
1398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1400 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1407 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1411 , especially section
1412 \begin_inset space ~
1416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1418 reference "sub:Lists"
1424 If you're still confused, look in the
1431 \begin_layout Labeling
1432 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1436 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1437 LatexCommand nomenclature
1439 description "Escape key"
1446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1453 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1454 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1457 \begin_layout Labeling
1458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1464 \begin_inset space ~
1468 \begin_inset space ~
1475 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1476 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1481 There are three modifier keys:
1484 \begin_layout Labeling
1485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1503 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1504 LatexCommand nomenclature
1506 description "Control key"
1510 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1511 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1515 \begin_layout Itemize
1524 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1527 \begin_layout Itemize
1536 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1539 \begin_layout Itemize
1548 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1552 \begin_layout Labeling
1553 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1571 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1572 LatexCommand nomenclature
1574 description "Shift key"
1578 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1579 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1582 \begin_layout Labeling
1583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1601 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1602 LatexCommand nomenclature
1604 description "Meta or Alt key"
1608 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1609 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1610 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1616 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1618 menu accelerator keys
1621 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1622 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1626 \begin_layout Standard
1627 For example, the sequence
1628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1634 \begin_inset space ~
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset space ~
1652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1675 \begin_inset space ~
1681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1691 \begin_layout Standard
1692 There are also other things bound to the
1696 key, but you'll have to check in the
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1710 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1711 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1712 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1713 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1714 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1715 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 followed by a capital
1737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1755 \begin_layout Chapter
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1769 \begin_layout Section
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1783 \begin_layout Subsection
1787 \begin_layout Standard
1788 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1789 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1790 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1791 numbering schemes, and so on.
1792 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1793 and format the title of your document differently.
1796 \begin_layout Standard
1801 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1802 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1803 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1804 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1805 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1808 \begin_layout Standard
1809 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1810 how to adjust their properties.
1813 \begin_layout Subsection
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1827 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1839 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1843 \begin_layout Description
1844 Article for basic articles
1847 \begin_layout Description
1848 Report for basic reports
1851 \begin_layout Description
1852 Book for writing a book
1855 \begin_layout Description
1856 Letter for US-style letters
1859 \begin_layout Standard
1860 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1862 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1863 can be found in chapter
1865 Special Document Classes
1874 \begin_layout Description
1875 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1878 \begin_layout Description
1885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1894 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1898 \begin_layout Description
1899 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1900 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1901 There are three article layouts available.
1902 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1903 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1904 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1905 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1910 sequential numbering
1911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1914 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1915 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1916 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1917 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1920 \begin_layout Description
1921 Beamer Layout for presentations
1924 \begin_layout Description
1925 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1926 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1930 \begin_layout Description
1932 \begin_inset space ~
1935 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1938 \begin_layout Description
1939 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1942 \begin_layout Description
1945 Die TeXnische Komödie
1947 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1950 \begin_layout Description
1951 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1954 \begin_layout Description
1955 Foils Used to make transparencies
1958 \begin_layout Description
1959 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1962 \begin_layout Description
1963 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1964 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1968 \begin_layout Description
1969 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1970 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1973 \begin_layout Description
1974 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1977 \begin_layout Description
1978 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1981 \begin_layout Description
1982 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1983 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1986 \begin_layout Description
1987 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1990 \begin_layout Description
1995 LaTeX document class
1998 \begin_layout Description
1999 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2002 \begin_layout Description
2007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2014 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2015 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2017 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2020 \begin_layout Description
2021 Slides Used to make transparencies
2024 \begin_layout Description
2026 \begin_inset space ~
2029 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2030 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2033 \begin_layout Description
2034 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2037 \begin_layout Description
2042 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2045 \begin_layout Standard
2046 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2048 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2053 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2054 of the document classes.
2057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2061 \begin_layout Standard
2062 You can select a class using the
2064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2078 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2102 \begin_layout Standard
2103 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2104 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2106 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2122 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2123 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2124 installed by default.
2125 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2126 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2134 \begin_layout Standard
2135 Each class has a default set of options.
2136 Here's a quick table describing them:
2139 \begin_layout Standard
2140 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2146 \begin_layout Standard
2148 \begin_inset Tabular
2149 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2609 \begin_layout Standard
2610 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 You're probably also wondering what
2618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2622 \begin_inset space ~
2626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2630 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2631 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2636 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2641 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2651 headings, there are also
2659 headings, and so on.
2660 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2661 \begin_inset space ~
2665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2667 reference "sub:Headings"
2674 \begin_layout Subsection
2679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2688 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2721 \begin_inset space ~
2726 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2728 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2729 to use for your document.
2730 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2734 \begin_layout Standard
2738 \begin_inset space ~
2747 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2748 You can choose between the following five options:
2751 \begin_layout Labeling
2752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2757 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2760 \begin_layout Labeling
2761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2766 No page numbers or headings.
2769 \begin_layout Labeling
2770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2778 \begin_layout Labeling
2779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2784 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2785 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2786 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2789 \begin_layout Labeling
2790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2795 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2803 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2811 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2812 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2814 Check the documentation for the
2818 package for more details,
2819 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2833 of paragraphs is described in section
2834 \begin_inset space ~
2838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2840 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2847 \begin_layout Subsection
2848 Paper Size and Orientation
2852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 Document ! Paper size
2859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2861 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 You'll find the following options in the menu
2872 \begin_inset space ~
2877 of the dialog of the
2879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 \begin_layout Labeling
2898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2903 What size paper to print on.
2907 \begin_layout Itemize
2913 \begin_layout Itemize
2923 \begin_layout Itemize
2929 \begin_layout Itemize
2935 \begin_layout Itemize
2941 \begin_layout Itemize
2947 \begin_layout Itemize
2953 \begin_layout Labeling
2954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2959 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2970 \begin_layout Labeling
2971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2975 \begin_inset space ~
2980 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2981 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2984 \begin_layout Subsection
2989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3015 \begin_layout Standard
3016 Paper margins are set in the menu
3018 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3036 \begin_layout Standard
3037 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3038 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3039 the paper format and the font size into account.
3042 \begin_layout Subsection
3046 \begin_layout Standard
3047 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3052 That includes the paragraph environments.
3053 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3054 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3055 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3056 paragraph environments to
3060 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3061 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3062 the conversion and why it failed.
3065 \begin_layout Section
3066 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3071 Paragraph ! Indentation
3079 \begin_layout Subsection
3081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3083 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3090 \begin_layout Standard
3091 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3092 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3095 \begin_layout Standard
3096 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3097 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3098 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3099 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3103 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3109 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3110 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3111 language than English.
3112 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3116 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3117 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3119 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3120 LyX takes care of that.
3121 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3123 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3124 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3125 of a page, and so on.
3129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3130 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3135 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3136 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3140 of these pre-coded spacings.
3141 We'll explain more later.
3144 \begin_layout Subsection
3145 Paragraph Separation
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3150 Paragraph ! Separation
3158 \begin_layout Standard
3159 To separate paragraphs, select
3170 \begin_inset space ~
3177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3190 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3191 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3192 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3195 \begin_layout Standard
3205 \begin_layout Standard
3206 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3207 \begin_inset space ~
3211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3213 reference "cap:Units"
3218 The default length is 30
3219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3225 \begin_layout Subsection
3229 \begin_layout Standard
3230 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3233 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3235 \begin_inset space ~
3240 dialog and toggle the
3243 \begin_inset space ~
3248 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3249 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3250 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3254 \begin_layout Standard
3255 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3256 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3259 \begin_layout Subsection
3264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3265 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3289 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3292 \begin_inset space ~
3301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3302 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3309 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3316 installed to use this feature.
3324 \begin_layout Section
3325 Paragraph Environments
3329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 Paragraph ! Environments
3336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3338 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3347 Paragraph environments|(
3355 \begin_layout Subsection
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3363 \begin_layout Standard
3382 \begin_inset Newline newline
3385 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3386 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3387 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3396 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 A paragraph environment is simply a
3401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3408 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3409 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3410 scheme, labels, and so on.
3411 Additionally, you can
3412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3419 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3420 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3421 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3422 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3423 days of typewriters.
3424 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3426 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3429 \begin_layout Standard
3430 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3432 LyX will change the environment of the
3436 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3437 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3438 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3442 \begin_layout Standard
3451 create a new paragraph using the
3455 paragraph environment.
3457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3464 because if you are in one of these environments:
3467 \begin_layout Itemize
3473 \begin_layout Itemize
3479 \begin_layout Itemize
3485 \begin_layout Itemize
3491 \begin_layout Itemize
3497 \begin_layout Itemize
3503 \begin_layout Itemize
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3510 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3514 , rather than resetting it to
3519 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3520 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3521 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3522 \begin_inset space ~
3526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3528 reference "sec:Nesting"
3533 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3538 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3539 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3547 \begin_layout Subsection
3551 \begin_layout Standard
3552 The default paragraph environment is
3557 It creates a plain paragraph.
3558 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3559 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3560 this manual) are in the
3567 \begin_layout Standard
3568 You can nest a paragraph using the
3572 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3580 \begin_layout Subsection
3585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 \begin_layout Standard
3595 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3604 for thanks or contact information.
3605 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3606 page along with today's date.
3607 For other types of documents, the title
3608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3615 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3619 \begin_layout Standard
3620 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3634 Here's how you use them:
3637 \begin_layout Itemize
3638 Put the title of your document in the
3645 \begin_layout Itemize
3646 Put the author name in the
3653 \begin_layout Itemize
3654 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3655 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3661 Note that using this environment is optional.
3662 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3663 If you don't want any date, add the line
3664 \begin_inset Newline newline
3674 \begin_inset Newline newline
3677 to the preamble of your document (menu
3679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3685 \begin_layout Standard
3686 You can use footnotes to insert
3687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3694 or contact informations.
3697 \begin_layout Subsection
3702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3718 \begin_layout Standard
3719 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3720 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3723 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3729 Section headings ! Numbered
3737 \begin_layout Standard
3738 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3742 \begin_layout Enumerate
3748 \begin_layout Enumerate
3754 \begin_layout Enumerate
3760 \begin_layout Enumerate
3766 \begin_layout Enumerate
3772 \begin_layout Enumerate
3778 \begin_layout Enumerate
3784 \begin_layout Standard
3785 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3786 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3787 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3790 \begin_layout Standard
3791 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3792 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3793 You group the book into chapters.
3794 LyX does similar grouping:
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3802 is divided in either
3811 \begin_layout Itemize
3823 \begin_layout Itemize
3835 \begin_layout Itemize
3847 \begin_layout Itemize
3859 \begin_layout Itemize
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3880 Not all document types use the
3884 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3889 is the top-level heading.
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3902 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3903 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3905 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3923 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3931 \begin_layout Standard
3932 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3936 \begin_layout Enumerate
3942 \begin_layout Enumerate
3948 \begin_layout Enumerate
3954 \begin_layout Enumerate
3960 \begin_layout Enumerate
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3975 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3976 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3977 table of contents, see section
3978 \begin_inset space ~
3982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3992 Changing the Numbering
3993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3995 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4003 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4004 in the Table of Contents.
4005 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4007 Certain classes start with
4021 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4031 This is something you can change.
4034 \begin_layout Standard
4037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4057 \begin_inset space ~
4061 \begin_inset space ~
4066 you'll see two counters.
4071 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4073 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4078 Short Titles of Headings
4082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4083 Section headings ! Short titles
4092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4101 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4108 \begin_layout Standard
4109 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4110 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4111 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4112 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4115 \begin_layout Standard
4116 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4117 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4118 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4119 To specify a short title, use the menu
4121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4123 \begin_inset space ~
4129 This will insert a box labeled
4130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4145 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4146 This also works for captions inside floats.
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4150 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 The following information applies to all section headings:
4161 \begin_layout Itemize
4162 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4165 \begin_layout Itemize
4166 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4169 \begin_layout Itemize
4170 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4173 \begin_layout Itemize
4174 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4177 \begin_layout Subsection
4178 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4182 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4196 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4197 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4198 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4199 the text they contain.
4200 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4208 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4221 when you start a new paragraph.
4222 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4226 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4227 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4228 to change back to the
4232 environment yourself.
4235 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4264 \begin_layout Standard
4265 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4266 time for the differences.
4275 are identical except for one difference:
4279 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4288 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4291 \begin_layout Standard
4292 Here's an example of the
4305 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4307 See -- no indentation!
4311 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4312 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4313 the other paragraph.
4316 \begin_layout Standard
4317 Here's another example, this time in the
4324 \begin_layout Quotation
4330 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4331 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4332 the first line, then
4336 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4340 you were quoting other text.
4343 \begin_layout Quotation
4344 Here's a new paragraph.
4345 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4346 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 As the examples show,
4354 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4355 They should put quotes in the
4360 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4364 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4404 \begin_layout Standard
4409 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4415 \begin_inset Newline newline
4418 Which I did not rehearse!
4422 It could be much worse.
4423 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4425 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4426 indented a bit more than the first.
4427 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4433 \begin_inset Newline newline
4436 And make things look fine
4437 \begin_inset Newline newline
4447 \begin_layout Standard
4452 does not indent both margins.
4453 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4454 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4465 \begin_layout Subsection
4470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4487 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4497 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4506 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4507 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4508 some general features of all four of them.
4511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4518 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4527 reset the environment to
4531 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4532 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4533 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4538 to break paragraphs.
4541 \begin_layout Standard
4542 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4543 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4545 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4546 you read all of section
4547 \begin_inset space ~
4551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4553 reference "sec:Nesting"
4561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4587 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4591 paragraph environment.
4592 It has the following properties:
4595 \begin_layout Itemize
4596 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4600 \begin_layout Itemize
4601 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4604 \begin_layout Itemize
4605 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4609 \begin_layout Itemize
4610 The items can have any length.
4611 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4612 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4619 \begin_layout Itemize
4624 environment inside another
4628 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4632 \begin_layout Itemize
4633 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4637 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4640 \begin_layout Itemize
4642 \begin_inset space ~
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4648 reference "sec:Nesting"
4652 for a full explanation of nesting.
4656 \begin_layout Standard
4657 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4666 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4671 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4672 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4675 \begin_layout Itemize
4676 The label for the first level
4680 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4684 \begin_layout Itemize
4685 The label for the second level is a dash.
4689 \begin_layout Itemize
4690 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4694 \begin_layout Itemize
4695 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4699 \begin_layout Itemize
4700 Back out to the third level.
4704 \begin_layout Itemize
4705 Back to the second level.
4709 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 Back to the outermost level.
4713 \begin_layout Standard
4714 These are the default labels for an
4719 You can customize these labels in the
4721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4724 dialog in the submenu
4734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4744 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4745 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4747 \begin_inset space ~
4751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4753 reference "sec:Nesting"
4760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4778 name "sec:Enumerate"
4785 \begin_layout Standard
4790 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4791 It has these properties:
4794 \begin_layout Enumerate
4795 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4799 \begin_layout Enumerate
4800 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4804 \begin_layout Enumerate
4805 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4808 \begin_layout Enumerate
4813 environment resets the counter to one.
4816 \begin_layout Enumerate
4829 \begin_layout Enumerate
4830 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4831 Items can have any length.
4834 \begin_layout Enumerate
4835 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4838 \begin_layout Enumerate
4839 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4842 \begin_layout Enumerate
4843 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4847 \begin_layout Standard
4856 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4857 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4864 \begin_layout Enumerate
4865 The first level of an
4869 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4873 \begin_layout Enumerate
4874 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4878 \begin_layout Enumerate
4879 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4883 \begin_layout Enumerate
4884 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4887 \begin_layout Enumerate
4888 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4893 \begin_layout Enumerate
4894 Back to the third level
4898 \begin_layout Enumerate
4899 Back to the second level.
4903 \begin_layout Enumerate
4904 Back to the outermost level.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4913 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4918 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4922 \begin_layout Standard
4923 There is more to nesting
4927 environments than we've stated here.
4928 You should read section
4929 \begin_inset space ~
4933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4935 reference "sec:Nesting"
4939 to learn more about nesting.
4942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4960 name "sec:Description-List"
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4972 list has no fixed label.
4973 Instead, LyX uses the first
4974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4981 of the first line as the label.
4985 \begin_layout Description
4986 Example: This is an example of the
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4998 \begin_layout Standard
5000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5007 it is meant that the first hit of the
5011 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5013 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5025 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5027 \begin_inset space ~
5033 \begin_inset space ~
5037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5039 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5043 for more info.) Here is an example:
5046 \begin_layout Description
5048 \begin_inset space ~
5051 Example: This one shows how to use a
5054 \begin_inset space ~
5066 \begin_layout Description
5067 Usage: You should use the
5071 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5072 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5074 It's not a good idea to use a
5078 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5079 You're better off using
5091 paragraphs into them.
5094 \begin_layout Description
5095 Nesting: You can nest
5099 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5103 \begin_layout Standard
5104 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5105 them from the first line.
5108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5118 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5133 \begin_layout Standard
5138 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5151 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5152 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5155 \begin_layout Labeling
5156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5158 \begin_inset space ~
5161 labels LyX uses the first
5162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5169 of each line as the item label.
5174 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5175 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5176 blank as described above.
5179 \begin_layout Labeling
5180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5181 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5182 the body of the item text.
5183 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5184 label width plus a little extra space.
5188 \begin_layout Labeling
5189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5191 \begin_inset space ~
5194 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5196 If the label width is larger, the label
5197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5204 into the first line.
5205 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5206 margin of the rest of the item text.
5209 \begin_layout Labeling
5210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5212 \begin_inset space ~
5215 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5220 environment have the same left margin.
5221 \begin_inset Newline newline
5224 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5227 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5229 \begin_inset space ~
5238 \begin_inset space ~
5243 determines the default label width.
5244 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5253 multiple times instead.
5254 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5263 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5266 \begin_inset space ~
5271 every time you alter a label in a
5276 \begin_inset Newline newline
5279 The predefined default width is the length of
5280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5289 \begin_inset Newline newline
5293 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5302 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5315 environment the same way like the
5319 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5325 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5329 \begin_layout Standard
5334 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5336 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5338 \begin_inset space ~
5342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5344 reference "sec:Nesting"
5348 to learn about nesting.
5351 \begin_layout Standard
5352 There is yet another feature of the
5356 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5358 You can use additional
5362 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5368 \begin_inset space ~
5372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5374 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5379 Here are some examples:
5382 \begin_layout Labeling
5383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5384 Left The default for
5391 \begin_layout Labeling
5392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5393 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5400 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5403 \begin_layout Labeling
5404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5405 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5409 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5416 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5419 \begin_layout Subsection
5424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5441 \begin_inset space ~
5449 \begin_layout Standard
5450 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5458 \begin_inset space ~
5464 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5465 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5466 In contrast, you can use the
5473 \begin_inset space ~
5478 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5479 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5484 Of course, you're not limited to using
5491 \begin_inset space ~
5500 \begin_inset space ~
5505 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5506 some European academic papers.
5509 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5513 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5525 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5526 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5530 \begin_inset space ~
5535 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5536 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5537 Here's an example of each:
5540 \begin_layout Right Address
5542 \begin_inset Newline newline
5546 \begin_inset Newline newline
5550 \begin_inset Newline newline
5553 When is it? What is today?
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5560 \begin_inset space ~
5566 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5567 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5568 Here's an example of the
5575 \begin_layout Address
5577 \begin_inset Newline newline
5580 Where do I send this
5581 \begin_inset Newline newline
5584 Your post office and country
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588 As you can see, both
5595 \begin_inset space ~
5600 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5605 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5611 This makes sense, since
5619 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5620 Thus, you have to use
5631 \begin_inset space ~
5634 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5636 \begin_inset space ~
5645 menu) to start a new line in an
5652 \begin_inset space ~
5660 \begin_layout Subsection
5664 \begin_layout Standard
5665 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5666 or list of references.
5667 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5670 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5686 \begin_layout Standard
5691 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5692 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5693 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5694 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5698 in anything else or vice versa.
5704 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5705 The book document classes ignores the
5709 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5713 in a letter document class.
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5721 environment does several things for you.
5722 First, it puts the centered label
5723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5731 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5733 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5734 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5735 the subsequent text.
5736 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5737 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5740 \begin_layout Standard
5741 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5745 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5746 The new paragraph will still be in the
5751 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5752 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5755 \begin_layout Standard
5756 \begin_inset Float figure
5761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5763 \begin_inset Graphics
5764 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5773 \begin_inset Caption
5775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5778 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5799 \begin_layout Standard
5800 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5804 environment, but since this document is in the
5805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5812 class, we can't do this.
5813 We inserted it therefore as figure
5814 \begin_inset space ~
5818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5820 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5825 If you've never heard of an
5826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5833 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5854 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5861 \begin_layout Standard
5866 environment is used to list references.
5867 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5868 only use it at the end of the document.
5873 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5877 When you first open a
5881 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5897 depending on the document class.
5898 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5899 Each paragraph of the
5903 environment is a bibliography entry.
5908 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5909 Each new paragraph is still in the
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5917 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5919 \begin_inset space ~
5923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5925 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5932 \begin_layout Subsection
5939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5940 Paragraph ! LyX code
5946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5955 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment is another LyX extension.
5961 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5966 key as a fixed whitespace;
5970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5982 \begin_inset space ~
5987 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5992 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5993 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6011 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6012 So, when you finish using the
6016 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6017 Also, you can nest the
6021 environment inside of others.
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6028 \begin_layout Itemize
6033 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6045 \begin_layout Itemize
6058 \begin_layout Itemize
6063 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6070 \begin_layout Itemize
6079 \begin_layout Itemize
6080 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6081 You must put at least one
6085 in any line you want blank.
6086 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6089 \begin_layout Itemize
6090 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6094 since that will insert
6099 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6107 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6110 \begin_layout Standard
6114 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6118 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6122 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6126 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6130 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6131 printf("Hello World!
6136 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6140 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6144 \begin_layout Standard
6145 This is just the standard
6146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6162 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6163 rc-files, and so on.
6164 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6165 as if you used a typewriter.
6169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6170 Paragraph environments|)
6178 \begin_layout Section
6179 Nesting Environments
6183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6184 Nesting ! Environments
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6199 \begin_layout Subsection
6203 \begin_layout Standard
6204 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6206 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6208 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6210 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6222 \begin_layout Enumerate
6226 \begin_layout Enumerate
6231 \begin_layout Enumerate
6235 \begin_layout Enumerate
6240 \begin_layout Enumerate
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6245 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6246 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6249 \begin_inset space ~
6253 \begin_inset space ~
6261 \begin_inset space ~
6265 \begin_inset space ~
6274 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6275 will tell you how far you are nested).
6276 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6277 \begin_inset Graphics
6278 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6283 \begin_inset Graphics
6284 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6288 or the convenient key bindings
6296 to change the nesting level.
6297 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6298 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6303 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6304 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6305 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6306 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6309 \begin_layout Standard
6310 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6311 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6313 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6316 \begin_layout Subsection
6317 What You Can and Can't Nest
6320 \begin_layout Standard
6321 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6322 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6326 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6327 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6328 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6331 \begin_layout Itemize
6332 Completely unnestable
6335 \begin_layout Itemize
6336 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6337 other things inside of them.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6345 \begin_layout Standard
6346 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6347 environments have them:
6350 \begin_layout Description
6351 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6352 Can't nest into them.
6356 \begin_layout Itemize
6362 \begin_layout Itemize
6368 \begin_layout Itemize
6376 \begin_layout Itemize
6382 \begin_layout Itemize
6388 \begin_layout Itemize
6396 \begin_layout Itemize
6402 \begin_layout Itemize
6408 \begin_layout Itemize
6414 \begin_layout Itemize
6420 \begin_layout Itemize
6426 \begin_layout Itemize
6432 \begin_layout Itemize
6438 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6456 \begin_layout Itemize
6463 \begin_layout Description
6465 \begin_inset space ~
6468 Nestable You can nest them.
6469 You can nest other things into them.
6473 \begin_layout Itemize
6479 \begin_layout Itemize
6485 \begin_layout Itemize
6491 \begin_layout Itemize
6497 \begin_layout Itemize
6503 \begin_layout Itemize
6509 \begin_layout Itemize
6515 \begin_layout Itemize
6522 \begin_layout Description
6523 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6524 You can't nest anything into them.
6528 \begin_layout Itemize
6534 \begin_layout Itemize
6538 \begin_inset space ~
6544 \begin_layout Itemize
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6556 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6560 \begin_inset space ~
6568 \begin_inset space ~
6576 \begin_layout Subsection
6577 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6582 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6590 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6597 \begin_layout Standard
6598 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6599 affected by nesting anyhow.
6603 \begin_layout Itemize
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6611 \begin_layout Itemize
6615 \begin_layout Standard
6617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6625 If you put a figure or a table in a
6629 , this is no longer true.
6634 Have a look at section
6635 \begin_inset space ~
6639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6641 reference "sec:Floats"
6645 for more informations about
6652 \begin_layout Standard
6653 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6654 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6658 \begin_layout Standard
6659 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6667 of its own, it behaves just like a
6668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6675 paragraph environment.
6676 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6680 \begin_layout Standard
6681 Here's an example with a table:
6684 \begin_layout Enumerate
6689 \begin_layout Enumerate
6690 This is (a) and it's nested.
6694 \begin_layout Standard
6695 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6701 \begin_layout Standard
6703 \begin_inset Tabular
6704 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6791 \begin_layout Standard
6792 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6799 \begin_layout Enumerate
6801 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6805 \begin_layout Enumerate
6809 \begin_layout Standard
6810 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6813 \begin_layout Enumerate
6818 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 This is (a) and it's nested.
6823 \begin_layout Standard
6824 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6830 \begin_layout Standard
6832 \begin_inset Tabular
6833 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6927 \begin_layout Enumerate
6934 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6937 \begin_layout Enumerate
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6946 \begin_layout Standard
6947 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6949 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6952 \begin_layout Enumerate
6957 \begin_layout Enumerate
6958 This is (a) and it's nested.
6961 \begin_layout Standard
6962 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6968 \begin_layout Standard
6970 \begin_inset Tabular
6971 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6973 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7058 \begin_layout Standard
7059 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7065 \begin_layout Enumerate
7067 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7075 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Standard
7080 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7086 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7087 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7091 \begin_layout Subsection
7092 Usage and General Features
7093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7095 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7102 \begin_layout Standard
7103 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7112 is the innermost possible depth.
7113 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7116 \begin_layout Enumerate
7117 level #1 - outermost
7121 \begin_layout Enumerate
7126 \begin_layout Enumerate
7131 \begin_layout Enumerate
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7141 \begin_layout Itemize
7150 \begin_layout Standard
7151 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7152 both of them in the example.
7153 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7163 For example, if we tried to nest another
7168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7178 \begin_layout Subsection
7183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7192 \begin_layout Standard
7193 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7194 We have several examples of nested environments.
7195 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7200 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7203 \begin_layout Labeling
7204 \labelwidthstring MMM
7205 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7214 \begin_layout Labeling
7215 \labelwidthstring MMM
7216 #2-a This is level #2.
7217 We created it by using
7229 \begin_layout Labeling
7230 \labelwidthstring MMM
7231 #3-a This is level #3.
7232 This time, we just hit
7241 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7254 \begin_layout Standard
7259 environment, nested inside of
7260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7268 So, it's at level #4.
7269 We did this by hitting
7277 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7282 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7298 \begin_layout Standard
7303 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7310 \begin_layout Labeling
7311 \labelwidthstring MMM
7312 #4-a This is level #4.
7317 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7322 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7326 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7331 keep nesting things inside of
7332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7343 \begin_layout Labeling
7344 \labelwidthstring MMM
7345 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7350 \begin_layout Labeling
7351 \labelwidthstring MMM
7352 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7353 and this is level #6.
7354 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7358 \begin_layout Labeling
7359 \labelwidthstring MMM
7360 #5-b Back to level #5.
7373 \begin_layout Labeling
7374 \labelwidthstring MMM
7383 , we're back at level #4.
7387 \begin_layout Labeling
7388 \labelwidthstring MMM
7389 #3-b Back to level #3.
7390 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7394 \begin_layout Labeling
7395 \labelwidthstring MMM
7396 #2-b Back to level #2.
7401 \begin_layout Labeling
7402 \labelwidthstring MMM
7403 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7404 After this sentence, we'll hit
7408 and change the paragraph environment back to
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7416 We could have also used the
7432 environment in place of the
7437 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7441 Example 2: Inheritance
7444 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7445 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7448 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7458 , after which, we'll change to the
7466 \begin_layout Enumerate
7471 environment, at level #2.
7474 \begin_layout Enumerate
7475 Notice how the nested
7479 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7483 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 We ended this example by hitting
7493 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7497 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7505 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7518 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7526 \begin_layout Enumerate
7527 This is level #1, in an
7531 paragraph environment.
7532 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7547 Now, what happens if we nest an
7551 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7552 label be? An asterisk?
7556 \begin_layout Itemize
7566 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7567 So, its label is a bullet.
7568 (We got here by using
7576 , then changing the environment to
7584 \begin_layout Itemize
7585 Here's level #4, produced using
7594 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7599 \begin_layout Enumerate
7600 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7602 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7607 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7611 , because we are in the
7635 \begin_layout Enumerate
7640 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7641 type of numbering does LyX use?
7644 \begin_layout Enumerate
7645 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7649 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7652 \begin_layout Enumerate
7657 to decrease the depth after the next
7665 \begin_layout Enumerate
7667 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7671 \begin_layout Enumerate
7673 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7674 numeral as the label.Why?
7677 \begin_layout Enumerate
7678 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7687 Notice, however, that LyX
7691 reset the counter for the label.
7695 \begin_layout Enumerate
7704 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7705 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7706 into the twofold-nested
7714 \begin_layout Enumerate
7715 The same thing happens if we do another
7723 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7726 \begin_layout Standard
7727 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7732 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7746 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7752 The same rule applies for the
7756 environment, as well.
7759 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7760 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7763 \begin_layout Enumerate
7764 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7765 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7766 same detail with how we did it.
7775 \begin_layout Standard
7778 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7780 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7781 example in parentheses someplace.
7782 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7783 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7784 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7788 \begin_layout Enumerate
7793 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7798 Now we'll add verse.
7799 \begin_inset Newline newline
7802 It will get much worse.
7803 \begin_inset Newline newline
7808 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7814 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7815 \begin_inset Newline newline
7818 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7819 \begin_inset Newline newline
7832 \begin_layout Standard
7833 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7839 \begin_layout Standard
7841 \begin_inset Tabular
7842 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7933 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7937 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7943 \begin_layout Enumerate
7948 : level #1) This is another item.
7949 Note that selecting a
7953 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7954 3 times to put the table inside the
7962 \begin_layout Quotation
7963 We're now ending the
7967 list and changing to
7972 We're still at level #1.
7973 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7974 The next set of paragraphs is a
7975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7989 \begin_inset space ~
7994 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7998 for the letter body.
8003 to preserve the depth.
8004 Remember that you need to use
8008 to create multiple lines inside the
8015 \begin_inset space ~
8025 \begin_layout Right Address
8027 \begin_inset Newline newline
8030 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8031 \begin_inset Newline newline
8037 \begin_layout Address
8039 \begin_inset space ~
8045 \begin_layout Quotation
8046 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8047 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8050 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8051 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8052 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8053 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8054 as soon as possible.
8055 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8058 \begin_layout Quotation
8059 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8060 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8061 with your order, along with payment.
8064 \begin_layout Quotation
8065 We thank you again for your patience.
8068 \begin_layout Address
8070 \begin_inset Newline newline
8077 \begin_layout Quotation
8078 That ends that example!
8081 \begin_layout Standard
8082 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8083 just a few keystrokes.
8084 We could have easily nested an
8105 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8108 \begin_layout Section
8109 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8122 \begin_layout Standard
8123 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8124 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8125 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8126 be broken at the end of a line.
8127 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8131 \begin_layout Subsection
8133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8135 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8152 \begin_layout Standard
8153 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8155 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8159 Further documentation is given in section
8160 \begin_inset Newline newline
8164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8166 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8174 \begin_layout Standard
8175 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8190 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8199 A protected space is set with
8201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8202 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8206 \begin_inset space ~
8220 \begin_layout Subsection
8222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8224 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8233 Spacing ! Horizontal
8241 \begin_layout Standard
8242 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8245 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8249 The length units are listed in Appendix
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8256 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8263 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8265 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8267 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8284 \begin_layout Standard
8286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8290 \begin_inset space \space{}
8293 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8294 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8295 \begin_inset space ~
8299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8301 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8306 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8307 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8318 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8335 \begin_layout Standard
8337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8344 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8353 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8354 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8355 inside abbreviations:
8360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8364 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8369 \begin_inset space \space{}
8375 \begin_layout Standard
8376 or between values and units.
8377 Compare for example this:
8378 \begin_inset Newline newline
8382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8386 \begin_inset Newline newline
8392 \begin_layout Standard
8393 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8396 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8398 \begin_inset space ~
8410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8414 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8421 \begin_layout Standard
8422 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8425 \begin_layout Description
8427 \begin_inset space ~
8431 \begin_inset space ~
8435 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8439 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8443 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8446 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8449 \begin_layout Description
8451 \begin_inset space ~
8455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8459 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8463 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8467 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8474 em) space between the arrows.
8477 \begin_layout Description
8479 \begin_inset space ~
8483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8487 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8491 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8495 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8499 \begin_inset space ~
8503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8506 em) space between the arrows.
8509 \begin_layout Description
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8519 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8523 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8527 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8531 \begin_inset space ~
8535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8538 em) space between the arrows.
8541 \begin_layout Description
8543 \begin_inset space ~
8547 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8551 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8556 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8563 cm space between the arrows.
8566 \begin_layout Standard
8568 \begin_inset space ~
8572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8574 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8578 lists the different space sizes.
8581 \begin_layout Standard
8582 \begin_inset Float table
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8589 \begin_inset Caption
8591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8594 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8598 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8608 \begin_inset Tabular
8609 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8611 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8700 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8829 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8847 \begin_layout Standard
8848 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8849 in a uniform fashion.
8850 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8851 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8852 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8853 equally between themselves.
8857 \begin_layout Standard
8858 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8863 This is on the left side
8864 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8867 This is on the right
8873 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8877 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8886 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8890 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8894 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8900 \begin_layout Standard
8901 That was an example in the
8907 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8911 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8915 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8918 is one in a standard paragraph.
8919 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8923 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8926 \begin_layout Standard
8927 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8928 Here's an example with the
8935 \begin_layout Labeling
8936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8938 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8942 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8946 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8950 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8956 \begin_layout Standard
8958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8965 marks the beginning of the item.
8966 (There is actually a
8967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8974 hfill inside of the label of the
8978 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8987 situations, like two-column mode.
8990 \begin_layout Standard
8991 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8999 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
9003 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9004 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9005 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9009 option in the space dialog.
9017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9031 \begin_layout Standard
9032 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9034 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9037 \begin_layout Standard
9038 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9041 What is correct English?:
9042 \begin_inset Newline newline
9046 \begin_inset Newline newline
9050 \begin_inset space ~
9053 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9054 \begin_inset Newline newline
9061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9072 \begin_inset Newline newline
9079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9090 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9096 \begin_layout Standard
9097 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9102 \begin_inset space ~
9106 \begin_inset space ~
9110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9114 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9121 In our case write the command
9128 (note the space after
9129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9136 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9137 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9138 That is why it is named
9139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9151 There exists also the commands
9163 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9164 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9165 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9167 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9179 \begin_layout Subsection
9181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9183 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9200 \begin_layout Standard
9201 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9204 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9206 \begin_inset space ~
9212 There you find the following sizes:
9215 \begin_layout Standard
9228 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9233 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9248 for the paragraph separation.
9249 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9260 \begin_layout Standard
9269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9275 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9276 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9278 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9279 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9288 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9297 s are described in section
9298 \begin_inset space ~
9302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9304 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9313 If there are several
9317 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9318 You can therefore use
9322 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9325 \begin_layout Standard
9330 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9337 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9344 \begin_layout Standard
9345 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9355 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9356 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9368 \begin_layout Subsection
9372 \begin_layout Standard
9373 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9375 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9379 There are four possibilities:
9382 \begin_layout Itemize
9388 \begin_layout Itemize
9394 \begin_layout Itemize
9400 \begin_layout Itemize
9406 \begin_layout Standard
9407 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9408 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9409 the left and right margins.
9410 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9413 \begin_layout Standard
9415 This paragraph is right aligned,
9418 \begin_layout Standard
9420 this one is centered,
9423 \begin_layout Standard
9425 this one is left aligned.
9428 \begin_layout Subsection
9433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9442 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9449 \begin_layout Standard
9450 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9451 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9452 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9453 Only if you use many
9457 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9460 \begin_layout Standard
9461 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9462 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9466 have to change the pagebreaking.
9469 \begin_layout Standard
9470 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9472 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9475 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9477 \begin_inset space ~
9483 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9486 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9488 \begin_inset space ~
9493 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9495 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9496 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9499 \begin_layout Standard
9500 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9501 at the top of a page.
9502 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9503 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9504 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9505 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9509 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9520 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9524 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9542 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9543 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9544 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9545 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9546 if necessary by adding pages.
9549 \begin_layout Standard
9550 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9553 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9555 \begin_inset space ~
9561 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9563 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9564 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9566 \begin_inset space ~
9570 \begin_inset space ~
9575 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9576 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9579 \begin_layout Subsection
9584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9593 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9600 \begin_layout Standard
9601 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9603 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9606 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9608 \begin_inset space ~
9612 \begin_inset space ~
9622 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9625 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9627 \begin_inset space ~
9631 \begin_inset space ~
9636 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9638 This is necessary to avoid
9639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9646 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9649 \begin_layout Standard
9650 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9651 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9652 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9653 set a linebreak, e.g.
9654 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9655 \begin_inset space ~
9659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9661 reference "sec:Quote"
9666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9668 reference "sec:Verse"
9673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9675 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9682 \begin_layout Subsection
9684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9686 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9703 \begin_layout Standard
9708 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9709 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9711 \begin_inset space ~
9716 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9722 \begin_layout Section
9723 Fonts and Text Styles
9724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9726 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9733 \begin_layout Subsection
9738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9747 \begin_layout Standard
9748 There are two types of fonts:
9751 \begin_layout Description
9753 \begin_inset space ~
9760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9766 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9767 characters) in the font.
9768 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9769 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9770 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9771 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9772 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9773 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9774 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9775 provide a good image.
9776 \begin_inset Newline newline
9779 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9780 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9781 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9782 sizes than at small ones.
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9797 \begin_inset space ~
9805 \begin_layout Description
9807 \begin_inset space ~
9814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9820 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9821 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9822 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9823 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9824 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9825 picture manipulation program.
9826 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9827 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9828 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9829 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9830 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9832 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9833 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9834 \begin_inset Newline newline
9837 Bitmap fonts are named
9840 \begin_inset space ~
9845 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9848 \begin_layout Standard
9849 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9850 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9851 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9852 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9856 \begin_layout Standard
9857 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9858 its document properties.
9861 \begin_layout Standard
9862 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9863 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9864 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9865 font to emphasize text, you use an
9866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9874 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9875 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9879 \begin_layout Subsection
9880 Document Font and Font size
9881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9883 name "sub:Document-Font"
9891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9910 \begin_layout Standard
9911 You can set the document fonts in the
9913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9927 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9928 font shapes roman (serif),
9931 \begin_inset space ~
9943 \begin_layout Standard
9944 The possible options for the font include
9948 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9953 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9975 European Computer Modern
9978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9988 \begin_layout Standard
9997 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9998 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10003 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10006 \begin_inset space ~
10011 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10017 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10018 There are three ways to use one:
10021 \begin_layout Itemize
10022 One way is to use the
10032 Virtual means that it
10033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10044 -glyphs from other fonts.
10045 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10067 Loading the LaTeX-package
10075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10076 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10081 with the document preamble line
10084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10089 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10093 will fix the guillemet problem.
10098 and that accented characters are not
10102 glyph, they are build of
10106 characters, the accent and the letter.
10107 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10111 fonts for words with accented characters.
10112 If you search for example for the French word
10113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10120 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10129 and not for the glyph
10130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10134 \begin_inset space ~
10138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10144 \begin_layout Itemize
10145 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10158 , consists of these three main font types
10161 \begin_inset space ~
10182 \begin_inset space ~
10192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10196 \begin_inset space ~
10203 as typewriter font.
10204 \begin_inset Newline newline
10207 The differences between roman,
10210 \begin_inset space ~
10219 fonts are explained in section
10220 \begin_inset space ~
10224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10226 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10231 \begin_inset Newline newline
10237 \begin_inset space ~
10242 was originally designed for newspapers.
10243 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10244 into the small newspaper columns.
10248 \begin_inset space ~
10253 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10256 \begin_layout Itemize
10257 The best solution is to use the
10262 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10270 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10273 For the font size there are four possible values:
10290 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10293 \begin_layout Standard
10294 The font sizes are the
10299 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10300 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10301 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10304 \begin_inset space ~
10310 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10311 \begin_inset space ~
10315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10317 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10324 \begin_layout Standard
10325 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10329 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10337 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10341 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10342 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10343 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10345 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10348 dialog, see section
10349 \begin_inset space ~
10353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10355 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10367 \begin_layout Subsection
10368 Using Different Character Styles
10372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10391 \begin_layout Standard
10392 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10393 certain paragraph environments.
10394 LyX supports two character styles,
10403 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10412 style, do one of the following:
10415 \begin_layout Itemize
10416 click on the toolbar button
10417 \begin_inset Graphics
10418 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10425 \begin_layout Itemize
10429 \begin_inset space ~
10435 \begin_layout Standard
10436 These commands are all toggles.
10441 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10444 \begin_layout Standard
10445 One typically uses the
10449 style for proper names.
10451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10458 is the original author of LyX.
10459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10465 \begin_layout Standard
10466 A more widely used character style is the
10471 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10478 \begin_layout Itemize
10479 clicking on the toolbar button
10480 \begin_inset Graphics
10481 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10488 \begin_layout Itemize
10489 using the keybindings
10492 \begin_inset space ~
10498 \begin_layout Standard
10503 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10504 es use a different font.
10507 \begin_layout Standard
10508 We've been using the
10512 style all over the place in this document.
10513 Here's one more example:
10516 \begin_layout Quotation
10519 Don't overuse character styles!
10522 \begin_layout Standard
10523 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10524 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10525 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10526 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10530 \begin_layout Standard
10531 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10534 \begin_inset space ~
10541 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10543 \begin_inset space ~
10551 \begin_layout Subsection
10552 Fine-Tuning with the
10557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10559 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10576 \begin_layout Standard
10577 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10578 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10579 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10580 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10581 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10582 from ordinary dialog.
10585 \begin_layout Standard
10586 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10587 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10588 \begin_inset Newline newline
10591 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10592 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10596 To use custom character styles, open the
10598 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10600 \begin_inset space ~
10606 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10607 font property which you can choose.
10608 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10611 \begin_inset space ~
10616 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10621 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10622 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10623 environments in a snap.
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10627 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10630 \begin_inset space ~
10642 \begin_layout Labeling
10643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10657 The possible options are:
10661 \begin_layout Labeling
10662 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10667 This is the Roman font family.
10668 Normally a serif font.
10669 It's also the default family.
10674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10686 \begin_inset space ~
10695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10703 \begin_inset Note Note
10706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10707 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10708 It is explained in section
10709 \begin_inset space ~
10713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10715 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10727 \begin_layout Labeling
10728 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10739 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10758 \begin_inset space ~
10767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10777 \begin_layout Labeling
10778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10785 This is the Typewriter font family.
10792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10804 \begin_inset space ~
10813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10826 \begin_layout Labeling
10827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10832 This corresponds to the print weight.
10837 \begin_layout Labeling
10838 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10843 This is the Medium font series.
10844 It's also the default series.
10847 \begin_layout Labeling
10848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10855 This is the Bold font series.
10862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10874 \begin_inset space ~
10883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10894 \begin_layout Labeling
10895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10900 As the name implies.
10905 \begin_layout Labeling
10906 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10911 This is the Upright font shape.
10912 It's also the default shape.
10915 \begin_layout Labeling
10916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10930 s the Italic font shape
10936 \begin_layout Labeling
10937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10944 This is the Slanted font shape
10946 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10949 \begin_layout Labeling
10950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10954 \begin_inset space ~
10961 This is the Small caps font shape
10968 \begin_layout Labeling
10969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10974 Alters the size of the font.
10975 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10976 nal to the document font size.
10977 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10978 what you want to do.
10983 \begin_layout Labeling
10984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11018 \begin_inset space ~
11027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11050 \begin_inset space ~
11059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11069 \begin_layout Labeling
11070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11104 \begin_inset space ~
11113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11123 \begin_layout Labeling
11124 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11158 \begin_inset space ~
11167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11190 \begin_inset space ~
11199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11209 \begin_layout Labeling
11210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11244 \begin_inset space ~
11253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11276 \begin_inset space ~
11285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11295 \begin_layout Labeling
11296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11310 It's also the default size.
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11327 \begin_inset space ~
11336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11359 \begin_inset space ~
11368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11378 \begin_layout Labeling
11379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11413 \begin_inset space ~
11422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11445 \begin_inset space ~
11454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11464 \begin_layout Labeling
11465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11499 \begin_inset space ~
11508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11531 \begin_inset space ~
11540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11550 \begin_layout Labeling
11551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11585 \begin_inset space ~
11594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11604 \begin_layout Labeling
11605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11639 \begin_inset space ~
11648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11671 \begin_inset space ~
11680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11690 \begin_layout Labeling
11691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11725 \begin_inset space ~
11734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11757 \begin_inset space ~
11766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11777 \begin_layout Standard
11782 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11783 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11784 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11785 - use that instead.
11786 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11789 \begin_layout Labeling
11790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11795 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11800 \begin_layout Labeling
11801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11808 This is text with emphasize on
11811 This might seem like the same as
11815 , but it is actually a bit different.
11821 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11823 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11826 \begin_layout Labeling
11827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11834 This is text with Underbar on.
11841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11853 \begin_inset space ~
11862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11872 \begin_inset Newline newline
11877 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11878 when you couldn't change fonts.
11879 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11880 It's only included in LyX because some people
11884 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11887 \begin_layout Labeling
11888 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11895 This is text with Noun on.
11902 , this is a logical attribute.
11903 Normally it's equivalent to
11906 \begin_inset space ~
11915 \begin_layout Labeling
11916 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11921 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11922 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11926 \begin_inset space ~
11931 , which is the default
11932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11939 and means normally black, you can choose between
11975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11984 \begin_layout Labeling
11985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11990 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11991 the language of the document.
11992 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11996 \begin_layout Standard
11997 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11998 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12002 \begin_inset space ~
12007 dialog, the settings are saved.
12008 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12009 \begin_inset Graphics
12010 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
12015 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12016 when the dialog isn't visible.
12020 \begin_layout Standard
12021 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12024 \begin_inset space ~
12030 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12031 (suppose you just set the shape to
12032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12050 \begin_inset space ~
12062 \begin_layout Standard
12063 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12071 \begin_inset space ~
12083 \begin_layout Itemize
12089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12096 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12114 \begin_inset Newline newline
12121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12146 \begin_inset Note Note
12149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12150 For more on phantoms see section
12151 \begin_inset space ~
12155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12157 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12167 \begin_inset Newline newline
12173 \begin_layout Itemize
12178 fonts use characters with serifs.
12179 These are the small
12180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12187 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12188 The following example will show the difference:
12189 \begin_inset Newline newline
12193 \begin_inset Newline newline
12198 text without serifs
12201 \begin_inset Newline newline
12204 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12205 They are therefore used as default font (named
12212 \begin_layout Itemize
12218 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12219 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12222 \begin_layout Standard
12223 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12224 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12227 \begin_layout Section
12228 Printing and Previewing
12231 \begin_layout Subsection
12235 \begin_layout Standard
12236 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12237 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12238 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12239 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12240 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12243 \begin_inset space ~
12251 \begin_layout Standard
12252 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12253 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12254 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12255 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12256 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12257 This happens in two stages:
12260 \begin_layout Enumerate
12261 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12262 generating a file with the extension,
12263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12277 \begin_layout Enumerate
12278 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12282 file to produce printable output.
12286 \begin_layout Subsection
12287 Output file formats
12291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12300 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12313 File formats ! ASCII
12321 \begin_layout Standard
12322 This file type has the extension
12323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12335 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12339 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12346 \begin_layout Standard
12347 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12349 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12350 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12362 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12370 \begin_layout Standard
12371 This file type has the extension
12372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12383 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12385 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12386 it manually with console commands.
12387 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12388 you view or export your document.
12391 \begin_layout Standard
12392 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12394 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12395 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12426 \begin_layout Standard
12427 This file type has the extension
12428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12448 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12449 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12450 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12452 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12456 \begin_layout Standard
12457 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12465 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12466 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12471 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12472 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12473 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12474 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12477 \begin_layout Standard
12478 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12480 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12481 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12487 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12493 File formats ! PostScript
12501 \begin_layout Standard
12502 This file type has the extension
12503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12515 PostScript was developed by the company
12519 as printer language.
12520 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12522 PostScript can be seen as
12523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12526 programming language
12527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12530 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12535 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12545 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12555 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12558 \begin_layout Standard
12559 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12563 Encapsulated PostScript
12564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12567 (EPS, file extension
12568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12580 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12581 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12582 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12583 whenever you view or export your document.
12584 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12585 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12586 EPS to avoid this problem.
12589 \begin_layout Standard
12590 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12592 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12593 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12599 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12623 \begin_layout Standard
12624 This file type has the extension
12625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12641 Portable Document Format
12642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12645 (PDF) is developed by
12649 as derivative from PostScript.
12650 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12659 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12660 looks exactly the same.
12663 \begin_layout Standard
12664 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12668 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12672 (JPG, file extension
12673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12700 Portable Network Graphics
12701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12704 (PNG, file extension
12705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12717 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12718 in the background to one of these formats.
12719 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12720 will slow down your workflow.
12721 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12725 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12727 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12730 in three different ways:
12733 \begin_layout Description
12734 PDF This uses the program
12738 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12739 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12743 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12744 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12747 \begin_layout Description
12749 \begin_inset space ~
12752 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12756 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12760 \begin_layout Description
12762 \begin_inset space ~
12765 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12769 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12772 \begin_layout Standard
12773 We recommend to use
12776 \begin_inset space ~
12785 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12791 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12794 \begin_layout Subsection
12799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12808 \begin_layout Standard
12809 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12810 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12814 and choose a file type.
12815 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12818 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12821 you can use the toolbar button
12822 \begin_inset Graphics
12823 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12833 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12835 \begin_inset space ~
12840 you can use the toolbar button
12841 \begin_inset Graphics
12842 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12849 \begin_layout Standard
12850 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12851 viewer window using the menu
12853 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12859 \begin_layout Standard
12860 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12862 To have a real output, export your document.
12865 \begin_layout Subsection
12866 Printing the File from within LyX
12867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12869 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12876 \begin_layout Standard
12877 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12878 it directly from within LyX.
12879 To print a file, select the menu
12881 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12884 or click on the toolbar button
12885 \begin_inset Graphics
12886 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12891 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12892 This file is then processed by the program
12896 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12901 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12904 \begin_layout Standard
12905 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12906 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12907 printing one set to print on the other side.
12908 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12909 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12910 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12913 \begin_layout Standard
12914 You can set the parameters in the
12917 \begin_inset space ~
12925 \begin_layout Labeling
12926 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12931 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12936 Note that this printer name is for the program
12945 has to be configured for this printer name.
12946 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12947 \begin_inset space ~
12951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12953 reference "sub:Printer"
12962 The printer should understand PostScript.
12965 \begin_layout Labeling
12966 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12971 The name of a file to print to.
12972 The output will be a PostScript file.
12973 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12977 \begin_layout Section
12978 A few Words about Typography
12982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12991 \begin_layout Subsection
12996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13012 \begin_layout Standard
13014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13025 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13040 \begin_layout Enumerate
13042 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13046 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13064 \begin_layout Enumerate
13066 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13070 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13101 \begin_layout Enumerate
13103 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13107 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13151 \begin_layout Enumerate
13153 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13157 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13161 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13179 \begin_layout Standard
13180 You generate them by inserting the
13181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13192 character multiple times in a row.
13193 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13194 final output, but not in LyX.
13197 \begin_layout Standard
13198 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13199 math mode and has a length of its own.
13200 Here are some examples of the
13201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13215 \begin_layout Enumerate
13216 line- and page-breaks
13217 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13227 \begin_layout Enumerate
13229 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13239 \begin_layout Enumerate
13240 Oh --- there's a dash.
13241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13251 \begin_layout Enumerate
13252 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13256 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13266 \begin_layout Subsection
13271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13280 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13287 \begin_layout Standard
13288 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13289 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13296 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13303 following the rules of the document language
13307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13308 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13316 \begin_inset space ~
13320 \begin_inset space ~
13327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13338 \begin_layout Standard
13339 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13344 and with unusual constructs, like
13345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13353 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13354 This is done with the menu
13356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13357 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13359 \begin_inset space ~
13365 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13366 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13369 \begin_layout Standard
13370 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13371 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13372 a hyphen and a space in the form
13373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13381 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13389 as hyphenation possibility.
13390 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13391 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13392 of the LaTeX-box-command
13398 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13399 As LyX doesn't support
13405 , we have to use ERT.
13406 The result looks in LyX like:
13409 \begin_layout Standard
13410 \begin_inset Graphics
13411 filename clipart/mbox.png
13418 \begin_layout Standard
13419 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13420 \begin_inset space ~
13424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13426 reference "sec:ERT"
13433 \begin_layout Subsection
13438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13448 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13451 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13460 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13461 LaTeX then adds the
13462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 appropriate amount of space
13466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13470 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13472 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13475 \begin_layout Standard
13476 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13490 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13491 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13494 \begin_layout Standard
13495 Here are some examples of
13499 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13502 \begin_layout Itemize
13507 \begin_layout Itemize
13512 \begin_layout Standard
13513 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13516 \begin_layout Itemize
13519 this is too much space!
13522 \begin_layout Itemize
13527 \begin_layout Standard
13528 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13531 \begin_layout Standard
13532 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13535 \begin_layout Enumerate
13539 \begin_inset space ~
13544 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13545 \begin_inset space ~
13549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13551 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13560 Spaces ! inter-word
13568 \begin_layout Enumerate
13572 \begin_inset space ~
13577 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13578 \begin_inset space ~
13582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13584 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13601 \begin_layout Enumerate
13605 \begin_inset space ~
13609 \begin_inset space ~
13613 \begin_inset space ~
13620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13622 \begin_inset space ~
13627 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13628 This function is also bound to
13635 \begin_layout Standard
13636 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13639 \begin_layout Itemize
13641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13645 \begin_inset space \space{}
13648 this is too much space!
13651 \begin_layout Itemize
13652 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13658 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13659 LaTeX will care about this.
13662 \begin_layout Standard
13663 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13666 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13668 \begin_inset space ~
13673 feature described in section
13684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13690 Typography ! Quotes
13699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13738 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13739 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13740 and use a closing quote at the end.
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 The keyboard character,
13754 , generates this automatically.
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13758 You can change the behavior of the
13762 key using the submenu
13768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13776 Document ! Settings
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13785 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13790 There are six choices:
13793 \begin_layout Labeling
13794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13806 Use quotes like this
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13815 \begin_inset Quotes els
13819 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13825 \begin_layout Labeling
13826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13829 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13833 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13839 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13843 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13847 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13853 \begin_layout Labeling
13854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13857 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13861 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13867 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13871 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13875 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13879 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13885 \begin_layout Labeling
13886 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13889 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13893 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13899 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13903 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13907 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13911 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13917 \begin_layout Labeling
13918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13921 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13925 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13931 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13935 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13939 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13943 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13949 \begin_layout Labeling
13950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13953 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13957 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13963 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13967 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13971 \begin_inset Quotes als
13975 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13981 \begin_layout Standard
13982 These settings affects what character the
13989 \begin_layout Subsection
13994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13995 Typography ! Ligatures
14004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14035 name "sub:Ligatures"
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14044 print them as single characters.
14045 These groups are known as
14050 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14052 Here are the standard ligatures:
14055 \begin_layout Itemize
14059 \begin_layout Itemize
14063 \begin_layout Itemize
14067 \begin_layout Itemize
14071 \begin_layout Itemize
14075 \begin_layout Standard
14076 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14081 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14089 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14105 To break a ligature, use
14107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14108 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14110 \begin_inset space ~
14117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14145 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14153 \begin_layout Subsection
14158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14159 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14167 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14174 \begin_layout Standard
14175 You have surely noticed, that the word
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14183 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14184 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14185 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 \begin_inset Note Note
14208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14209 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14217 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14218 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14223 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14227 \begin_layout Description
14228 LyX The name of the game, write
14229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14250 \begin_layout Description
14251 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14273 \begin_layout Description
14274 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14296 \begin_layout Description
14297 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14320 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14325 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14333 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14334 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14335 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14338 : The actual version is
14339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14346 , the previous one was
14347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14357 \begin_layout Standard
14358 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14359 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14360 This will look in LyX like:
14361 \begin_inset Graphics
14362 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14367 \begin_inset Newline newline
14370 For more about ERT, look at section
14371 \begin_inset space ~
14375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14377 reference "sec:ERT"
14384 \begin_layout Subsection
14389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14398 \begin_layout Standard
14399 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14400 space between two words.
14401 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14411 for units use the menu
14413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14414 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14416 \begin_inset space ~
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14429 Here's an example to show the differences:
14432 \begin_layout Standard
14433 \begin_inset Tabular
14434 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14436 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14437 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14444 \begin_inset space ~
14448 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14460 space between number and unit
14467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14476 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14488 half space between number and unit
14501 \begin_layout Subsection
14506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14507 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14522 \begin_layout Standard
14523 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14525 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14526 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14527 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14528 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14529 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14530 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14541 \begin_layout Standard
14542 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14543 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14544 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14545 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14546 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14547 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14548 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14551 \begin_layout Standard
14552 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14553 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14554 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14555 \begin_inset space ~
14559 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14561 key "latexcompanion"
14566 \begin_inset space ~
14570 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14576 ] may have more information.
14577 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14580 \begin_layout Chapter
14581 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14584 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14592 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14597 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14600 \begin_layout Section
14605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14621 \begin_layout Standard
14622 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14625 \begin_layout Description
14627 \begin_inset space ~
14630 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14631 \begin_inset Newline newline
14635 \begin_inset Note Note
14638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14639 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14647 \begin_layout Description
14648 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14649 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14651 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14652 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14656 \begin_inset Newline newline
14660 \begin_inset Note Comment
14663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14664 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14672 \begin_layout Description
14674 \begin_inset space ~
14677 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14678 \begin_inset Newline newline
14682 \begin_inset Newline newline
14686 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14695 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14696 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14697 How this can be done is explained in the
14706 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14712 \begin_inset Newline newline
14716 \begin_inset Newline newline
14719 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14720 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14723 \begin_layout Description
14724 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14726 \begin_inset Box Framed
14735 height_special "totalheight"
14738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14739 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14744 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14745 \begin_inset space ~
14749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14751 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14755 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14759 \begin_layout Description
14760 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14761 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14770 height_special "totalheight"
14773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14774 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14779 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14780 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14783 \begin_layout Standard
14784 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14785 \begin_inset Graphics
14786 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14788 scaleBeforeRotation
14794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14798 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14801 \begin_layout Section
14806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14815 name "sec:Footnotes"
14822 \begin_layout Standard
14823 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14829 or the toolbar button
14830 \begin_inset Graphics
14831 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14844 \begin_inset Graphics
14845 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14855 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14884 label, the box will
14888 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14889 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14902 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14918 \begin_layout Standard
14919 Here's an example footnote:
14927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14936 \begin_layout Standard
14937 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14938 position where the footnote box is placed.
14939 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14940 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14941 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14942 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14943 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14948 ey are described in the
14955 \begin_layout Section
14960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14969 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14977 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14978 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14982 \begin_inset space ~
14987 or the toolbar button
14988 \begin_inset Graphics
14989 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15016 appearing within your text.
15017 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15026 \begin_layout Standard
15027 At the side is an example marginal note.
15031 \begin_inset Marginal
15034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15035 This is a marginal note.
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15044 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15045 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15046 pages, right on odd pages.
15049 \begin_layout Section
15050 Graphics and Images
15054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15073 name "sec:Graphics"
15080 \begin_layout Standard
15081 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15082 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15083 \begin_inset Graphics
15084 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15090 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15094 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15097 \begin_layout Standard
15098 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15103 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15104 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15105 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15107 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15108 \begin_inset space ~
15112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15114 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15121 \begin_layout Standard
15126 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15127 of the image in the output.
15128 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15132 \begin_inset space ~
15136 \begin_inset space ~
15145 \begin_inset space ~
15149 \begin_inset space ~
15153 \begin_inset space ~
15158 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15159 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15167 \begin_layout Standard
15168 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15173 You can also set the
15177 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15178 This option is explained in section
15179 \begin_inset space ~
15183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15185 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15193 \begin_inset space ~
15198 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15199 image size is printed.
15202 \begin_layout Standard
15203 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15204 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15206 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15207 centered paragraph:
15210 \begin_layout Standard
15212 \begin_inset Graphics
15213 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15216 rotateOrigin center
15223 \begin_layout Standard
15224 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15225 the image into a float, see section
15226 \begin_inset space ~
15230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15232 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15239 \begin_layout Subsection
15244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15253 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15260 \begin_layout Standard
15261 You can insert images in any known file format.
15262 But as we explained in section
15263 \begin_inset space ~
15267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15269 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15273 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15274 LyX uses therefore the program
15278 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15279 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15280 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15281 \begin_inset space ~
15285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15287 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15294 \begin_layout Standard
15295 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15298 \begin_layout Description
15300 \begin_inset space ~
15303 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15304 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15305 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15309 Graphics Interchange Format
15310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15313 (GIF, file extension
15314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15361 Portable Network Graphics
15362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15365 (PNG, file extension
15366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15413 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15417 (JPG, file extension
15418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15476 \begin_layout Description
15478 \begin_inset space ~
15481 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15483 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15484 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15485 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15486 \begin_inset Newline newline
15489 Scalable image formats can be
15490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15493 Scalable Vector Graphics
15494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15497 (SVG, file extension
15498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15545 Encapsulated PostScript
15546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15549 (EPS, file extension
15550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15597 Portable Document Format
15598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15601 (PDF, file extension
15602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15624 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15625 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15626 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15632 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15640 \begin_layout Standard
15641 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15645 \begin_layout Section
15650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15666 \begin_layout Standard
15667 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15668 \begin_inset Graphics
15669 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15680 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15681 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15682 from the rest of the table.
15683 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15684 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15686 Here's an example table:
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15691 \begin_inset Tabular
15692 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15897 \begin_layout Subsection
15901 \begin_layout Standard
15902 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15903 brings up the table dialog.
15904 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15905 where the cursor is placed currently.
15906 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15907 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15908 done on all of your selection.
15911 \begin_layout Standard
15912 Additionally to the table dialog the
15915 \begin_inset space ~
15920 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15922 It is for example currently only possible to add
15923 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15927 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15930 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15933 \begin_layout Standard
15937 \begin_inset space ~
15942 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15943 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15944 current cell respectively.
15945 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15947 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15948 of text, see section
15949 \begin_inset space ~
15953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15955 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15962 \begin_layout Standard
15963 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15969 This will merge the cells to
15973 cell, spread over more than one column.
15974 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15975 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15976 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15977 in the last row without the upper border:
15980 \begin_layout Standard
15982 \begin_inset Tabular
15983 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15984 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15986 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15999 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16008 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16084 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16119 \begin_layout Standard
16120 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16121 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16122 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16123 explained in the tables section of the
16126 \begin_inset space ~
16132 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16133 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16136 degrees counterclockwise.
16137 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16140 \begin_layout Standard
16141 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16149 Most DVI-viewers are
16153 able to display rotations.
16161 \begin_layout Standard
16166 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16171 adds lines for all cell borders.
16174 \begin_layout Subsection
16179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 Tables ! Longtables
16189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16198 \begin_layout Standard
16199 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16202 \begin_inset space ~
16206 \begin_inset space ~
16215 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16216 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16219 \begin_layout Description
16224 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16225 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16226 except for the first page, if
16229 \begin_inset space ~
16237 \begin_layout Description
16241 \begin_inset space ~
16246 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16247 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16250 \begin_layout Description
16255 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16256 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16257 except for the last page, if
16260 \begin_inset space ~
16268 \begin_layout Description
16272 \begin_inset space ~
16277 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16278 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16282 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16283 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16284 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16285 The others will then be defined as
16290 In this context, first means first in this order:
16293 \begin_inset space ~
16305 \begin_inset space ~
16311 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16314 \begin_layout Standard
16316 \begin_inset Tabular
16317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16318 <features islongtable="true">
16319 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16321 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16322 <row endfirsthead="true">
16323 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16329 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16334 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16343 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16353 <row endfirsthead="true">
16354 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16365 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16374 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16386 <row endhead="true">
16387 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16398 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16407 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16417 <row endhead="true">
16418 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16429 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16438 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 <row endfoot="true">
16451 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16462 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16502 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17472 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <row endlastfoot="true">
18433 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 \begin_layout Subsection
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18484 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18492 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18493 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18494 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18495 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18499 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18500 for the cell's paragraph.
18503 \begin_layout Standard
18504 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18505 for the column in the table dialog.
18506 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18507 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18511 \begin_layout Standard
18513 \begin_inset Tabular
18514 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18516 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18517 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 This is longer now.
18668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18720 This is longer now.
18725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 \begin_layout Standard
18752 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18753 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18754 Selection with the mouse or with
18758 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18759 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18760 the selection from outside the table.
18763 \begin_layout Section
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18784 \begin_layout Standard
18785 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18786 have a fixed location.
18788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18795 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18803 \begin_inset space ~
18808 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18809 too much notes at the page.
18812 \begin_layout Standard
18813 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18814 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18815 and pages without text.
18816 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18817 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18818 Floats are therefore numbered.
18819 Referencing is described in section
18820 \begin_inset space ~
18824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18826 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18833 \begin_layout Standard
18834 To insert a float, use the menu
18836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18840 A box with a caption that has e.
18841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18845 \begin_inset space ~
18849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18853 \begin_inset space ~
18857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18860 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18861 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18863 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18874 paragraph within the float.
18875 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18876 by left-clicking on the box label.
18877 A closed float box looks like this:
18878 \begin_inset Graphics
18879 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18884 -- a gray button with a red label.
18887 \begin_layout Standard
18888 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18889 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18892 \begin_layout Subsection
18896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 Floats ! Figure floats
18908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18910 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18917 \begin_layout Standard
18920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18921 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18924 inserts a float with the label
18925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18931 \begin_inset space ~
18937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18941 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18942 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18943 This is what we did for Figure
18944 \begin_inset space ~
18948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18950 reference "cap:Platypus"
18955 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18956 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18957 This was done in Figure
18958 \begin_inset space ~
18962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18964 reference "cap:Escher"
18971 \begin_layout Standard
18972 \begin_inset Float figure
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 \begin_inset Graphics
18980 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18983 rotateOrigin center
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 \begin_inset Caption
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18996 name "cap:Platypus"
19000 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19013 \begin_layout Standard
19014 \begin_inset Float figure
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 \begin_inset Caption
19022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 \begin_inset Graphics
19041 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19044 rotateOrigin center
19056 \begin_layout Standard
19057 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19059 As described in section
19060 \begin_inset space ~
19064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19066 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19070 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19075 and refer to it using the menu
19077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19081 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19090 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19102 \begin_layout Standard
19103 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19104 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19105 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19106 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19108 \begin_inset space ~
19112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19114 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19118 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19119 You can also set the images one below the other.
19121 \begin_inset space ~
19125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19127 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19134 reference "fig:Platypus"
19138 are the subfigures.
19141 \begin_layout Standard
19142 \begin_inset Float figure
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19148 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19152 \begin_inset Float figure
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19158 \begin_inset Caption
19160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19163 name "fig:Undefinable"
19175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19176 \begin_inset Graphics
19177 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19188 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19192 \begin_inset Float figure
19197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 \begin_inset Caption
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19203 name "fig:Platypus"
19215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 \begin_inset Graphics
19217 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19229 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19236 \begin_inset Caption
19238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19241 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19245 Two distorted images.
19258 \begin_layout Standard
19259 Note that the caption is added to the
19262 \begin_inset space ~
19266 \begin_inset space ~
19271 as described in section
19272 \begin_inset space ~
19276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19278 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 Floats ! Table floats
19297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19299 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19306 \begin_layout Standard
19307 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19309 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19310 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19314 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19317 \begin_inset space ~
19321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19323 reference "cap:Table-float"
19327 is an example of a table float.
19330 \begin_layout Standard
19331 \begin_inset Float table
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 \begin_inset Caption
19339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19342 name "cap:Table-float"
19354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19356 \begin_inset Tabular
19357 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19359 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19360 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19361 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19488 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19509 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19511 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19553 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19567 \begin_layout Standard
19568 This float type is inserted with the menu
19570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19571 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19575 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19576 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19580 , described in section
19581 \begin_inset space ~
19585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19587 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19594 \begin_layout Standard
19595 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19603 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19609 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19612 \begin_layout Standard
19617 floatname{algorithm}{your
19618 \begin_inset space ~
19624 \begin_layout Standard
19625 to the document preamble (menu
19627 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19634 \begin_inset space ~
19640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19654 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19668 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19675 \begin_layout Standard
19676 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19684 \begin_inset Graphics
19685 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19688 rotateOrigin center
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 \begin_inset Caption
19698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19701 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19705 This is a wrapped figure.
19706 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19719 This float type is used if you want to
19720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19727 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19729 It can be inserted using the menu
19731 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19732 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19734 \begin_inset space ~
19739 if the LaTeX-package
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19748 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19761 \begin_inset space ~
19771 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19774 \begin_inset space ~
19778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19780 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19784 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19785 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 Available units are explained in Appendix
19794 \begin_inset space ~
19798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19800 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19809 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19813 \begin_layout Standard
19814 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19822 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19823 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19824 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19825 over some other text.
19833 \begin_layout Itemize
19834 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19835 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19836 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19837 breaks will appear.
19840 \begin_layout Itemize
19841 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19842 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19845 \begin_layout Itemize
19846 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19847 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19850 \begin_layout Itemize
19851 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19854 \begin_layout Subsection
19856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19858 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 \begin_layout Standard
19876 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19877 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19881 \begin_inset space ~
19889 \begin_layout Standard
19890 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19891 a two-column document).
19892 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19893 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19900 \begin_layout Standard
19901 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19902 format is also the same: Table
19903 \begin_inset space ~
19907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19909 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19913 is an example of a rotated table float.
19916 \begin_layout Standard
19917 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19933 \begin_layout Standard
19934 \begin_inset Float table
19939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19940 \begin_inset Caption
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19945 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 \begin_inset Tabular
19960 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19964 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19965 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19966 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 \begin_layout Subsection
20028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20030 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20047 \begin_layout Standard
20048 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20049 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20050 \begin_inset Newline newline
20056 \begin_inset space ~
20061 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20062 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20064 \begin_inset Newline newline
20070 \begin_inset space ~
20075 is used to rotate floats, see section
20076 \begin_inset space ~
20080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20082 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20089 \begin_layout Standard
20090 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20091 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20094 \begin_inset space ~
20098 \begin_inset space ~
20106 \begin_layout Description
20108 \begin_inset space ~
20112 \begin_inset space ~
20115 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20118 \begin_layout Description
20120 \begin_inset space ~
20124 \begin_inset space ~
20127 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20130 \begin_layout Description
20132 \begin_inset space ~
20136 \begin_inset space ~
20139 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20142 \begin_layout Description
20144 \begin_inset space ~
20148 \begin_inset space ~
20151 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20154 \begin_layout Standard
20155 The order of the above option is
20160 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20164 \begin_inset space ~
20168 \begin_inset space ~
20176 \begin_inset space ~
20180 \begin_inset space ~
20185 , and then the others.
20186 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20188 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20189 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20192 \begin_layout Standard
20193 By default, each options has its own rules:
20196 \begin_layout Standard
20200 \begin_inset space ~
20204 \begin_inset space ~
20209 only floats occupying less than 70
20210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20213 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20216 \begin_layout Standard
20220 \begin_inset space ~
20224 \begin_inset space ~
20229 : only floats occupying less than 30
20230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20233 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20236 \begin_layout Standard
20240 \begin_inset space ~
20244 \begin_inset space ~
20249 : only if more than 50
20250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20253 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20257 \begin_layout Standard
20258 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20262 \begin_inset space ~
20266 \begin_inset space ~
20274 \begin_layout Standard
20275 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20276 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20277 For this case you can use the option
20280 \begin_inset space ~
20286 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20288 Because the float is then no longer able to
20289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20296 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20299 \begin_layout Standard
20300 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20301 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20304 \begin_layout Standard
20305 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20307 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20309 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20316 \begin_layout Section
20321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20330 name "sec:Minipages"
20337 \begin_layout Standard
20338 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20340 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20341 \begin_inset space ~
20348 \begin_layout Standard
20349 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20355 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20356 and its alignment within the page.
20359 \begin_layout Standard
20361 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20370 height_special "totalheight"
20373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20376 This is a minipage.
20377 The text is set in an italic style.
20380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20383 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20384 another formatting.
20392 \begin_layout Standard
20393 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20396 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20400 as described in section
20401 \begin_inset space ~
20405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20407 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20412 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20418 \begin_layout Standard
20419 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20428 height_special "totalheight"
20431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20432 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20433 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20439 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20443 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20452 height_special "totalheight"
20455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20457 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20465 \begin_layout Standard
20466 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20472 \begin_layout Standard
20473 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20474 to other box types.
20475 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20486 \begin_layout Chapter
20487 Mathematical Formulas
20491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20532 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20539 \begin_layout Standard
20540 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20545 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20548 \begin_layout Section
20553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20562 \begin_layout Standard
20563 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20564 \begin_inset Graphics
20565 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20570 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20572 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20573 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20574 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20576 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20582 \begin_layout Standard
20583 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20587 \begin_inset space ~
20592 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20595 \begin_layout Standard
20596 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20597 line, like this one:
20600 \begin_layout Standard
20601 This is a line with an inline formula
20602 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20608 \begin_layout Standard
20609 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20611 \begin_inset Formula \[
20616 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20619 \begin_layout Standard
20620 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20636 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20637 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20641 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20644 \begin_inset space ~
20652 \begin_layout Subsection
20653 Navigating in Formulas
20657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20666 \begin_layout Standard
20667 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20668 achieved with the arrow keys.
20669 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20670 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20675 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20676 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20680 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20684 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20686 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20694 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20699 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20700 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20703 \begin_layout Standard
20708 , printed in this document as
20709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20730 \begin_inset Note Note
20733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20734 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20735 space character (visible space).
20740 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20741 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20742 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20747 For example, if you want
20748 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20802 , since in the latter case only the
20805 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20810 will be under the square root sign:
20811 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20817 \begin_layout Standard
20818 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20820 \begin_inset Formula \[
20821 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20824 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20828 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20829 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20832 \begin_layout Subsection
20836 \begin_layout Standard
20837 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20838 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20842 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20843 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20844 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20845 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20846 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20849 \begin_layout Subsection
20850 Exponents and Subscripts
20854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 \begin_layout Standard
20874 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20875 way is to use a command.
20877 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20880 , type in a formula
20886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20902 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20908 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20912 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20933 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20942 , you have to use an extra
20946 to separate the hat and the character.
20949 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20970 Subscripts are similar: To get
20971 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20994 \begin_layout Subsection
20999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21009 Create a fraction with either the command
21016 \begin_inset Graphics
21017 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21025 \begin_inset space ~
21031 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21032 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21033 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21038 To move back up, press
21043 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21044 \begin_inset Formula \[
21045 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21047 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21054 \begin_layout Subsection
21059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21068 \begin_layout Standard
21069 Roots can be created using the
21072 \begin_inset space ~
21078 \begin_inset Graphics
21079 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21102 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21108 produces always a square root.
21111 \begin_layout Subsection
21112 Operators with Limits
21116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21135 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21142 \begin_layout Standard
21144 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21148 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21151 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21152 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21153 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21154 The sum operator will automatically place its
21155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21162 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21165 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21169 \begin_inset Formula \[
21170 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21174 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21178 \begin_layout Standard
21179 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21181 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21182 behind the operator and hitting
21188 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21189 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21191 \begin_inset space ~
21195 \begin_inset space ~
21203 \begin_layout Standard
21204 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21212 feature as addition, such as
21216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21223 \begin_inset Formula \[
21224 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21228 which will place the
21229 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21241 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21242 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21248 \begin_layout Standard
21249 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21256 Have a look at section
21257 \begin_inset space ~
21261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21263 reference "sub:Functions"
21267 for an explanation of function macros.
21270 \begin_layout Subsection
21275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21284 \begin_layout Standard
21285 Most math symbols can be found in the
21288 \begin_inset space ~
21293 under one of several categories; including
21310 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21314 \begin_layout Standard
21315 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21316 you don't have to use the
21319 \begin_inset space ~
21324 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21325 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21328 \begin_layout Subsection
21333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21342 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21349 \begin_layout Standard
21350 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21359 \begin_inset space ~
21365 \begin_inset Graphics
21366 filename ../images/math/space.png
21371 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21372 Here a example for the sequence
21377 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21381 \begin_inset Graphics
21382 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21387 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21388 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21389 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21390 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21395 \begin_layout Standard
21405 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21411 \begin_layout Standard
21421 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21427 \begin_layout Subsection
21432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21441 name "sub:Functions"
21448 \begin_layout Standard
21452 \begin_inset space ~
21457 contains under the button
21458 \begin_inset Graphics
21459 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21463 a number of functions, such as
21464 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21468 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21476 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21483 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21484 avoid confusions, because
21485 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21489 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21495 \begin_layout Standard
21496 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21498 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21502 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21508 \begin_layout Standard
21509 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21510 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21511 \begin_inset space ~
21515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21517 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21524 \begin_layout Subsection
21529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21538 \begin_layout Standard
21539 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21541 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21542 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21544 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21547 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21548 Our example is entered by typing
21556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21569 \begin_inset space ~
21573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21575 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21579 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21582 \begin_layout Standard
21583 \begin_inset Float table
21588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21589 \begin_inset Caption
21591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21594 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21598 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21608 \begin_inset Tabular
21609 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21611 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21697 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21751 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21805 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21859 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21913 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22021 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22075 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22129 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22174 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22195 \begin_layout Standard
22196 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22199 \begin_inset space ~
22205 \begin_inset Graphics
22206 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22210 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22214 \begin_layout Section
22215 Brackets and Delimiters
22219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22238 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22245 \begin_layout Standard
22246 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22247 For most purposes, using just the keys
22252 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22253 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22256 \begin_inset space ~
22262 \begin_inset Graphics
22263 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22268 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22270 \begin_inset Formula \[
22271 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22273 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22277 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22278 \begin_inset Formula \[
22279 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22286 \begin_layout Standard
22287 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22288 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22291 \begin_layout Standard
22292 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22293 left side and right side.
22294 If you use the option
22297 \begin_inset space ~
22302 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22303 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22304 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22305 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22308 \begin_layout Standard
22309 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22310 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22311 inside the brackets.
22312 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22317 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22320 \begin_layout Standard
22321 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22332 \begin_layout Section
22337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22346 name "sec:Grouping"
22353 \begin_layout Standard
22354 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22355 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22366 \begin_layout Standard
22367 \begin_inset Formula \[
22368 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22375 \begin_layout Standard
22376 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22391 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22392 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22393 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22396 \begin_layout Section
22397 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22430 \begin_layout Standard
22431 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22434 \begin_inset space ~
22440 \begin_inset Graphics
22441 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22446 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22447 Here is an example:
22448 \begin_inset Formula \[
22449 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22452 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22456 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22457 \begin_inset space ~
22461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22463 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22468 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22469 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22470 This alignment is set in the box
22475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22523 for every column as default.
22524 For example, the sequence
22525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22536 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22537 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22538 corresponds to the relevant column.
22539 The result will look like this:
22540 \begin_inset Formula \[
22542 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22543 column & has & has\, right\\
22544 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22551 \begin_layout Standard
22552 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22556 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22557 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22559 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22565 \begin_layout Standard
22566 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22567 It can be created with the menu
22569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22570 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22572 \begin_inset space ~
22585 \begin_inset Formula \[
22589 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22596 \begin_layout Standard
22597 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22600 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22608 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22617 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22625 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22626 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22627 A new row is created by every further hit of
22635 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22636 Here is an example:
22637 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22638 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22639 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22643 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22644 where you want to start the shift and hit
22649 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22650 position to the next column.
22651 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22652 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22653 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22654 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22661 \begin_layout Standard
22662 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22669 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22670 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22673 reference "eq:asquared"
22678 The other types are described in section
22679 \begin_inset space ~
22683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22685 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22692 \begin_layout Section
22693 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22698 Math ! Formula numbering
22707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22708 Math ! Referencing formulas
22714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22716 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22723 \begin_layout Standard
22724 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22726 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22727 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22729 \begin_inset space ~
22737 \begin_inset space ~
22743 The formula number appears in LyX as
22744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22751 within parentheses.
22753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22760 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22762 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22763 the document class.
22764 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22765 separated by a dot:
22766 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22767 1+1=2\end{equation}
22774 \begin_inset space ~
22779 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22780 You can only number displayed formulas.
22783 \begin_layout Standard
22784 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22786 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22787 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22789 \begin_inset space ~
22793 \begin_inset space ~
22797 \begin_inset space ~
22805 \begin_inset space ~
22810 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22811 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22813 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22814 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22818 To number all lines use the shortcut
22821 \begin_inset space ~
22829 \begin_layout Standard
22830 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22833 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22834 A label is inserted with the menu
22836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22839 when the cursor is in the formula.
22840 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22841 It is recommended to use the proposed
22842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22853 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22854 type when you have many labels in your document.
22855 We inserted in the following example the label
22856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22863 in the second line:
22864 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22865 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22866 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22870 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22871 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22881 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22885 \begin_inset space ~
22891 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22892 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22893 as the formula number:
22896 \begin_layout Standard
22897 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22900 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22907 \begin_layout Standard
22908 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22909 \begin_inset space ~
22913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22915 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22920 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22926 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22931 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22939 \begin_layout Section
22940 User defined math macros
22944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22953 name "sec:math-macros"
22960 \begin_layout Standard
22961 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22962 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22963 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22965 \begin_inset Newline newline
22968 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22969 \begin_inset Formula \[
22970 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22974 The general form of its solution is:
22975 \begin_inset Formula \[
22976 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22983 \begin_layout Standard
22984 The macro should print the parameters
22985 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22989 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22993 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22996 like in the equation above.
22999 \begin_layout Standard
23000 A macro is created by executing the command
23003 \begin_layout Standard
23010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23033 \begin_inset space ~
23037 \begin_inset space ~
23043 \begin_layout Standard
23044 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23045 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23046 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23047 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23051 \begin_layout Standard
23052 We have three arguments and name the macro
23053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23060 , so that the command is:
23063 \begin_layout Standard
23070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23095 \begin_layout Standard
23096 This results in the following macro definition box:
23097 \begin_inset Graphics
23098 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23103 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23104 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23105 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23109 \begin_inset Note Note
23112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23113 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23114 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23122 \begin_layout Standard
23123 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23124 the math panel or commands.
23125 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23126 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23137 for the first argument.
23138 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23139 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23140 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23141 in LyX with its full size.
23142 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23143 In our example we insert the sequence
23144 \begin_inset Newline newline
23172 \begin_inset Newline newline
23177 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23180 \begin_layout Standard
23181 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23196 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23199 \begin_layout Standard
23201 \begin_inset Graphics
23202 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23209 \begin_layout Standard
23210 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23211 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23212 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23213 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23214 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23217 \begin_layout Standard
23218 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23219 to the new definition.
23220 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23221 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23225 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23229 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23233 \begin_inset Formula \[
23241 \begin_layout Standard
23242 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23246 \begin_layout Standard
23260 \begin_inset Newline newline
23267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23293 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23296 \begin_layout Standard
23297 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23298 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23299 definition box in your document.
23300 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23302 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23304 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23309 \begin_layout Section
23313 \begin_layout Subsection
23318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23327 \begin_layout Standard
23328 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23329 To set a font in a formula, use the
23332 \begin_inset space ~
23338 \begin_inset Graphics
23339 filename ../images/math/font.png
23343 , or enter its command, listed in table
23344 \begin_inset space ~
23348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23350 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23357 \begin_layout Standard
23358 \begin_inset Float table
23363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 \begin_inset Caption
23366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23369 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23373 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23383 \begin_inset Tabular
23384 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23419 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23446 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23473 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23506 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23533 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23594 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23621 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23655 \begin_layout Standard
23656 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23664 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23680 \begin_layout Standard
23681 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23682 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23687 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23688 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23689 Here an example where a
23690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23701 denotes the set of numbers:
23702 \begin_inset Formula \[
23703 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23710 \begin_layout Standard
23711 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23722 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23726 \begin_inset Newline newline
23729 So better don't use this feature.
23732 \begin_layout Standard
23733 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23734 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23738 \begin_inset Newline newline
23741 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23747 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23748 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23754 \begin_layout Standard
23761 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23764 \begin_layout Standard
23765 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23768 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23770 \begin_inset space ~
23778 \begin_layout Subsection
23783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23792 \begin_layout Standard
23793 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23795 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23799 \begin_inset space ~
23803 \begin_inset space ~
23811 \begin_inset space ~
23817 \begin_inset Graphics
23818 filename ../images/math/font.png
23822 (alternatively the shortcut
23825 \begin_inset space ~
23831 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23832 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23833 Here is an example:
23834 \begin_inset Formula \[
23836 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23837 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23844 \begin_layout Subsection
23849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23858 \begin_layout Standard
23859 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23860 automatically chosen in most situations.
23878 For most characters,
23886 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23887 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23892 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23893 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23894 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23895 \begin_inset Graphics
23896 filename ../images/math/style.png
23901 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23902 For example, you can set
23903 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23906 , which is normally in
23915 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23919 The four styles are used in the following example:
23922 \begin_layout Standard
23923 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23927 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23931 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23935 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23941 \begin_layout Standard
23942 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23943 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23945 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23947 \begin_inset space ~
23952 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23953 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23954 will be adjusted to correspond.
23955 As example a formula in the font size
23956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23966 \begin_layout Standard
23970 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23976 \begin_layout Section
23980 \begin_layout Standard
23981 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23982 the document classes and into layout modules.
23986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23992 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23993 other than the AMS classes.
23995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23997 reference "sub:Modules"
24001 for more on layout modules.
24004 \begin_layout Section
24009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24028 \begin_layout Standard
24029 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24030 (AMS) that are in common use.
24033 \begin_layout Subsection
24034 Enabling AMS-Support
24037 \begin_layout Standard
24038 Selecting the checkbox
24041 \begin_inset space ~
24045 \begin_inset space ~
24049 \begin_inset space ~
24056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24064 Document ! Settings
24072 \begin_inset space ~
24077 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24079 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24080 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24083 \begin_layout Subsection
24085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24087 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24096 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24104 \begin_layout Standard
24105 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24106 LyX allows you to choose between
24127 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24130 \begin_layout Chapter
24134 \begin_layout Section
24139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24148 name "sec:Cross-References"
24155 \begin_layout Standard
24156 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24157 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24159 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24160 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24161 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24164 \begin_layout Enumerate
24168 \begin_layout Enumerate
24169 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24171 name "enu:Second-item"
24178 \begin_layout Enumerate
24182 \begin_layout Standard
24183 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24188 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24189 \begin_inset Graphics
24190 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24196 A grey label box like this:
24197 \begin_inset Graphics
24198 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24203 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24204 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24239 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24240 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24255 \begin_layout Standard
24256 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24258 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24261 or the toolbar button
24262 \begin_inset Graphics
24263 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24269 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24270 \begin_inset Graphics
24271 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24276 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24278 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24291 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24293 Here is our cross-reference:
24296 \begin_layout Standard
24298 \begin_inset space ~
24302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24304 reference "enu:Second-item"
24311 \begin_layout Standard
24312 It is recommended to use a protected space
24316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24317 described in section
24318 \begin_inset space ~
24322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24324 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24333 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24337 \begin_layout Standard
24338 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24341 \begin_layout Description
24342 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24345 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24352 \begin_layout Description
24353 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24354 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24366 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24373 \begin_layout Description
24374 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24375 \begin_inset space ~
24379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24380 LatexCommand pageref
24381 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24388 \begin_layout Description
24390 \begin_inset space ~
24394 \begin_inset space ~
24397 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24399 LatexCommand vpageref
24400 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24407 \begin_layout Description
24409 \begin_inset space ~
24413 \begin_inset space ~
24417 \begin_inset space ~
24420 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24424 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24431 \begin_layout Description
24433 \begin_inset space ~
24436 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24437 \begin_inset Newline newline
24441 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24449 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24456 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24471 \begin_layout Standard
24472 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24473 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24479 \begin_inset space ~
24483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24497 \begin_layout Standard
24498 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24499 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24500 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24504 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24508 \begin_layout Standard
24509 You can only use the style
24513 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24517 is always possible.
24520 \begin_layout Standard
24521 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24522 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24523 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24524 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24525 \begin_inset space ~
24529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24531 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24538 \begin_layout Standard
24542 \begin_inset space ~
24546 \begin_inset space ~
24551 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24552 The button text changes then to
24555 \begin_inset space ~
24560 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24561 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24562 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24566 \begin_layout Standard
24567 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24568 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24569 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24572 \begin_layout Standard
24573 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24574 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24577 \begin_layout Standard
24578 References are described in detail in the
24585 \begin_layout Section
24586 Table of Contents and other Listings
24590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24616 \begin_layout Subsection
24617 Table of Contents and Outline
24618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24620 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24627 \begin_layout Standard
24628 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24631 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24633 \begin_inset space ~
24637 \begin_inset space ~
24643 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24644 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24645 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24646 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24654 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24655 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24657 \begin_inset space ~
24661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24663 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24667 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24669 \begin_inset space ~
24673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24675 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24679 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24681 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24682 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24683 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24686 \begin_layout Standard
24687 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24689 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24691 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24697 \begin_layout Subsection
24698 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24708 \begin_layout Standard
24709 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24710 You can insert them via the
24712 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24714 \begin_inset space ~
24718 \begin_inset space ~
24724 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24727 \begin_layout Section
24728 URLs and Hyperlinks
24732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24758 \begin_layout Subsection
24762 \begin_layout Standard
24763 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24765 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24771 \begin_layout Standard
24772 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24773 \begin_inset Flex URL
24776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24786 \begin_layout Standard
24787 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24793 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24797 \begin_layout Standard
24798 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24806 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24814 \begin_layout Subsection
24818 \begin_layout Standard
24819 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24821 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24824 or with the toolbar button
24825 \begin_inset Graphics
24826 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24827 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24832 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24841 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24842 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24843 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24845 name "LyX's homepage"
24846 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24850 , an Email address like this:
24851 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24853 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24854 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24859 , or a link to a file.
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24863 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24876 to the link target.
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24880 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24881 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24882 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24883 the text style dialog.
24884 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24888 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24890 name "LyX's homepage"
24891 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24898 \begin_layout Standard
24899 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24903 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24905 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24906 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24910 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24912 \begin_inset Newline newline
24920 \begin_inset Newline newline
24927 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24930 \begin_layout Section
24935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24944 name "sec:Appendices"
24951 \begin_layout Standard
24952 Appendices are created with the menu
24954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24956 \begin_inset space ~
24960 \begin_inset space ~
24966 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24967 as appendix region.
24968 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24971 \begin_layout Standard
24972 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24973 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24974 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24975 and the subsection number.
24976 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24980 \begin_layout Standard
24982 \begin_inset space ~
24986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24988 reference "cha:Credits"
24993 \begin_inset space ~
24997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24999 reference "sub:Export"
25006 \begin_layout Section
25011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25020 name "sec:Bibliography"
25027 \begin_layout Standard
25028 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25029 You can include a bibliography database
25033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25034 Known under the name
25035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25047 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25049 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25053 , described in section
25054 \begin_inset space ~
25058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25060 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25067 \begin_layout Standard
25072 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25074 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25083 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25085 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25094 , a short form of its title, as key.
25097 \begin_layout Standard
25098 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25103 or the toobar button
25104 \begin_inset Graphics
25105 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25106 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25111 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25112 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25113 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25114 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25118 \begin_layout Standard
25119 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25120 with surrounding brackets.
25125 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25126 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25138 \begin_layout Standard
25141 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25144 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25146 key "latexcompanion"
25153 \begin_layout Standard
25154 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25155 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25164 \begin_layout Subsection
25165 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25170 Bibliography ! Databases
25179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25180 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25188 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25195 \begin_layout Standard
25196 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25198 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25200 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25201 your working field in a database.
25202 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25203 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25206 \begin_layout Standard
25207 The database is a text file with the file extension
25208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25219 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25220 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25221 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25223 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25228 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25230 \begin_inset Newline newline
25234 \begin_inset Flex URL
25237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25239 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25245 \begin_inset Newline newline
25248 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25251 \begin_layout Standard
25252 To use a database, use the menu
25254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25259 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25272 \begin_inset space ~
25278 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25279 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25282 \begin_layout Standard
25283 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25295 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25296 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25297 take care of the layout.
25300 \begin_layout Standard
25301 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25304 \begin_layout Standard
25305 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25311 \begin_layout Standard
25312 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25314 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25348 \begin_inset space ~
25354 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25362 \begin_layout Standard
25363 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25369 \begin_layout Standard
25370 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25371 the two methods of creating them.
25372 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25373 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25374 We used the style file
25378 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25381 \begin_layout Subsection
25382 Bibliography layout
25386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25387 Bibliography ! Layout
25395 \begin_layout Standard
25396 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25397 For this feature you need to use the option
25403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25411 Document ! Settings
25421 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25422 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25423 in the previous section.
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25427 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25428 in the citation reference window.
25429 Here an example where we set the text
25430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25434 \begin_inset space ~
25438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25441 to appear after the reference:
25444 \begin_layout Standard
25446 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25449 key "latexcompanion"
25456 \begin_layout Section
25461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25477 \begin_layout Standard
25478 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25480 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25482 \begin_inset space ~
25487 or the toolbar button
25488 \begin_inset Graphics
25489 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25490 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25507 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25508 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25509 by LyX as index entry.
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25513 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25514 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25516 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25518 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25525 \begin_layout Standard
25526 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25529 \begin_layout Standard
25530 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25534 \begin_inset space ~
25538 \begin_inset space ~
25541 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25543 \begin_inset space ~
25549 A light blue box labeled
25550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25561 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25562 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25565 \begin_layout Subsection
25566 Grouping Index Entries
25570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25579 \begin_layout Standard
25580 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25582 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25583 lists under the entry
25584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25592 First we create the entry
25593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25601 \begin_inset space ~
25605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25607 reference "sub:Lists"
25612 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25613 \begin_inset space ~
25617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25619 reference "sec:Itemize"
25623 , we insert the command
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25632 \begin_layout Standard
25636 \begin_layout Standard
25642 \begin_layout Standard
25643 for the enumerated list in section
25644 \begin_inset space ~
25648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25650 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25657 \begin_layout Standard
25658 The exclamation mark
25659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25666 marks the grouping levels.
25667 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25668 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25669 If we don't have an index entry for
25670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25677 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25680 \begin_layout Subsection
25685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25686 Index ! Page ranges
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25695 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25697 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25698 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25700 \begin_inset space ~
25704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25706 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25713 \begin_layout Standard
25716 Paragraph environments|(
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25720 and another entry at the end of section
25721 \begin_inset space ~
25725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25727 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25737 Paragraph environments|)
25740 \begin_layout Standard
25742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25765 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25766 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25767 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25768 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25769 An example is the index entry
25770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25773 Document ! Settings
25774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25780 \begin_layout Subsection
25785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25786 Index ! Cross referencing
25794 \begin_layout Standard
25795 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25796 We referred for example in the index entry
25797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25805 \begin_inset space ~
25809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25811 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25815 ) to the index entry
25816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25823 in the same section using the entry
25826 \begin_layout Standard
25829 GIF|see{Image formats}
25832 \begin_layout Standard
25833 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25834 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25835 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25838 \begin_layout Subsection
25843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25844 Index ! Entry order
25852 \begin_layout Standard
25853 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25854 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25855 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25860 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25862 \begin_inset space ~
25866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25868 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25877 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25878 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25907 Dummy entries ! maïs
25916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25917 Dummy entries ! maître
25926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25927 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25932 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25933 order maïs, maison, maître.
25934 To achieve this, we use the command
25937 \begin_layout Standard
25940 previous entry@current entry
25943 \begin_layout Standard
25944 In our case we want to have
25945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25960 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25963 \begin_layout Standard
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25970 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25971 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25975 \begin_layout Subsection
25980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25981 Index ! Entry layout
25989 \begin_layout Standard
25990 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25995 Dummy entries ! This@
25997 This is an italic entry at the correct position
26006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26009 This is an italic entry at the wrong position
26014 LyX will then in the background add commands for the layout that destroy
26016 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
26020 \begin_layout Standard
26025 This is an italic entry
26028 \begin_layout Standard
26029 You can also format the page number using the character
26030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26037 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26038 We can write for example
26041 \begin_layout Standard
26044 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26048 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26053 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26058 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26076 \begin_inset space ~
26082 Have a look at section
26083 \begin_inset space ~
26087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26089 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26093 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26096 \begin_layout Standard
26097 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26099 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26100 for all index entries.
26103 \begin_layout Subsection
26108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26117 name "sub:Index-Program"
26124 \begin_layout Standard
26125 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26130 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26132 \begin_inset space ~
26136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26138 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26143 The available options are listed and explained in
26144 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26154 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26172 \begin_layout Section
26173 Nomenclature / Glossary
26177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26218 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26226 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26227 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26232 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26239 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26247 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26248 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26254 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26257 \begin_layout Standard
26258 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26259 and then use the menu
26261 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26267 \begin_inset space ~
26272 or the toobar button
26273 \begin_inset Graphics
26274 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26275 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26292 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26295 \begin_layout Standard
26296 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26297 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26298 The second is the description of the symbol.
26301 \begin_layout Standard
26302 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26310 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26311 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26319 \begin_layout Subsection
26320 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26325 Nomenclature ! Layout
26333 \begin_layout Standard
26334 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26338 field as LaTeX-formula.
26340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26344 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26352 \begin_inset Newline newline
26360 \begin_inset Newline newline
26366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26373 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26374 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26386 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26397 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26398 \begin_inset space ~
26402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26404 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26415 \begin_inset space ~
26420 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26421 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26426 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26433 in this document is:
26434 \begin_inset Newline newline
26439 dummy entry for the character
26444 \begin_inset Newline newline
26456 \begin_inset space ~
26466 font use the command
26495 \begin_layout Subsection
26496 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26501 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26509 \begin_layout Standard
26510 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26511 the symbol definition.
26512 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26513 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26516 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26517 LatexCommand nomenclature
26519 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26526 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26530 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26531 LatexCommand nomenclature
26534 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26539 They will be sorted by
26540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26566 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26569 will be sorted before the
26573 since the character
26574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26581 is considered in sorting.
26584 \begin_layout Standard
26585 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26588 \begin_inset space ~
26593 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26594 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26596 For the given example, you can insert
26600 to this field for the
26601 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26608 will be located before
26609 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26615 \begin_layout Standard
26616 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26621 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26630 \begin_layout Subsection
26631 Nomenclature Options
26635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26636 Nomenclature ! Options
26644 \begin_layout Standard
26649 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26650 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26653 \begin_layout Description
26654 refeq Appends the phrase
26655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26670 to every nomenclature entry, where
26676 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26679 \begin_layout Description
26680 refpage Appends the phrase
26681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26696 to every nomenclature entry, where
26702 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26705 \begin_layout Description
26706 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26709 \begin_layout Standard
26710 There are furthermore the options
26754 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26758 \begin_layout Standard
26759 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26760 class options list in the
26762 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26766 In this document the options
26777 \begin_layout Standard
26778 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26784 \begin_layout Standard
26785 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26786 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26791 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26794 \begin_layout Description
26804 \begin_layout Description
26807 nomrefpage Like the
26814 \begin_layout Description
26817 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26826 \begin_layout Description
26830 \begin_inset space ~
26836 \begin_inset space ~
26841 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26844 \begin_layout Subsection
26845 Printing the Nomenclature
26849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26850 Nomenclature ! Printing
26858 \begin_layout Standard
26859 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26863 \begin_inset space ~
26867 \begin_inset space ~
26870 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26874 A light blue box labeled
26875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26886 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26887 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26890 \begin_layout Standard
26891 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26900 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26908 For example, in order to change the name to
26912 , add the following line to the preamble:
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26923 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26926 \begin_layout Standard
26927 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26933 \begin_layout Standard
26934 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26935 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26938 \begin_layout Standard
26946 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26949 \begin_layout Standard
26952 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26953 \begin_inset space ~
26957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26959 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26964 The default value is 1
26965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26971 \begin_layout Section
26976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26987 Document ! Branches
26993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26995 name "sec:Branches"
27002 \begin_layout Standard
27003 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27004 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27005 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27006 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27009 \begin_layout Standard
27010 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27011 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27012 To create a branch, go in the
27014 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27022 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27023 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27027 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27028 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27030 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27033 where you can choose a branch.
27034 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27037 \begin_layout Standard
27038 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27039 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 \begin_inset Branch Question
27046 \begin_layout Standard
27047 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27055 \begin_layout Standard
27056 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27060 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27068 \begin_layout Standard
27069 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27075 \begin_layout Standard
27076 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27077 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27079 For example you can define for the question branch
27083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27084 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27085 \begin_inset space ~
27089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27091 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27113 \begin_layout Standard
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27124 and for the answer branch
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27137 \begin_layout Standard
27147 \begin_layout Standard
27148 \begin_inset Branch Question
27151 \begin_layout Standard
27155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27183 \begin_layout Standard
27184 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27219 \begin_layout Standard
27220 Now it is possible to use the commands
27224 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27231 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27234 to obtain conditional output.
27235 Here is an example formula where only the
27242 \begin_inset Formula \[
27243 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27250 \begin_layout Standard
27251 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27252 \begin_inset space ~
27256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27258 reference "sec:math-macros"
27265 \begin_layout Section
27266 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27276 \begin_layout Subsection
27281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27290 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27297 \begin_layout Standard
27298 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27299 constructs, but not all.
27300 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27301 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27302 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27303 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27304 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27305 and their commands.
27308 \begin_layout Standard
27309 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27319 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27320 An ERT box is created by the menu
27322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27325 or by the toolbar button
27326 \begin_inset Graphics
27327 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27332 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27345 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27346 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27357 \begin_layout Standard
27358 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27359 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27360 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27367 , you can write the command part
27373 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27377 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27378 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27383 \begin_inset Graphics
27384 filename clipart/ERT.png
27392 \begin_layout Standard
27396 \begin_layout Standard
27397 This is a line with a
27401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27424 \begin_layout Standard
27425 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27433 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27434 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27442 \begin_layout Subsection
27443 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27444 \begin_inset OptArg
27447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27466 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27474 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27475 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27476 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27485 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27486 every time if you know the right commands.
27488 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27489 the end of the day.
27490 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27491 all caption labels bold.
27492 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27494 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27499 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27500 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27502 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27511 \begin_layout Standard
27512 As result you know that the package
27520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27521 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27527 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27529 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27540 usepackage[options]{package name}
27543 \begin_layout Standard
27544 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27545 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27546 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27549 \begin_layout Standard
27550 In your case the package name is
27555 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27560 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27561 So you add the command
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27569 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27573 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27578 For more commands provided by the
27582 package, have a look at its documentation,
27583 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27598 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27600 For example if you use a
27604 class, you don't need the package
27608 , you can instead write
27611 \begin_layout Standard
27616 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27621 \begin_layout Standard
27622 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27623 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27624 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27631 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27634 \begin_layout Standard
27635 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27636 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27638 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27642 \begin_layout Standard
27643 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27645 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27647 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27655 \begin_layout Section
27656 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27669 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27686 \begin_layout Standard
27687 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27688 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27689 to break your train of thought with
27691 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27697 \begin_layout Standard
27698 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27699 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27706 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27713 as explained below, and turn on
27716 \begin_inset space ~
27723 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27729 \begin_inset space ~
27733 \begin_inset space ~
27736 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27742 \begin_layout Standard
27743 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27745 Previews of an already loaded document are
27749 generated just by selecting the
27752 \begin_inset space ~
27757 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27760 \begin_layout Standard
27761 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27762 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27765 \begin_inset space ~
27770 check box in the insert dialog.
27771 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27775 \begin_layout Standard
27776 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27780 (on some systems named simply
27785 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27787 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27793 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27794 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27802 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27806 \begin_layout Standard
27807 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27813 \begin_layout Standard
27814 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27818 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27820 \begin_inset space ~
27825 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27826 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27828 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27829 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27830 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27831 the source view window.
27834 \begin_layout Section
27836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27838 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27855 \begin_layout Standard
27856 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27857 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27874 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27880 can be seen as successor of
27884 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27889 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27890 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27898 \begin_layout Standard
27899 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27900 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27907 \begin_layout Standard
27910 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27913 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27914 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27915 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27916 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27917 scrolled so that it is visible.
27922 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27924 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27928 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27929 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27932 \begin_layout Standard
27933 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27936 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27940 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27941 will bring an error message.
27942 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27943 specifying a different
27945 Alternative language
27947 in preferences dialog.
27950 \begin_layout Standard
27951 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27954 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27958 \begin_layout Standard
27959 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27960 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27962 But you can use the
27965 \begin_inset space ~
27969 \begin_inset space ~
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27978 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27979 This does work with
27983 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27986 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27990 \begin_layout Standard
27995 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27998 \begin_layout Description
28000 \begin_inset space ~
28003 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28004 should consider, e.g.
28005 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28006 This should not normally be needed.
28009 \begin_layout Description
28011 \begin_inset space ~
28014 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28015 as your personal dictionary
28018 \begin_layout Description
28020 \begin_inset space ~
28024 \begin_inset space ~
28027 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28039 \begin_layout Description
28041 \begin_inset space ~
28045 \begin_inset space ~
28048 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28050 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28057 also for the spellchecker.
28061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28062 The encodings are explained in section
28063 \begin_inset space ~
28067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28069 reference "sub:Settings"
28078 Only enable this if you use
28082 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28083 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28084 so this is disabled by default.
28087 \begin_layout Section
28092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28101 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28108 \begin_layout Standard
28109 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28112 \begin_layout Standard
28113 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28116 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28119 or the toolbar button
28120 \begin_inset Graphics
28121 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28122 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28123 rotateOrigin center
28128 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28132 \begin_layout Standard
28133 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28134 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28135 cases to find related words.
28138 \begin_layout Standard
28139 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28141 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28149 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28158 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28177 \begin_layout Section
28182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28193 Document ! Change Tracking
28199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28201 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28209 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28210 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28211 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28212 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28214 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28216 \begin_inset space ~
28219 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28221 \begin_inset space ~
28229 \begin_layout Standard
28230 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28239 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28242 \begin_inset space ~
28246 \begin_inset space ~
28259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28269 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28283 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28289 \begin_layout Standard
28290 \begin_inset Graphics
28291 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28298 \begin_layout Standard
28299 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28311 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28318 \begin_inset Tabular
28319 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28320 <features islongtable="true">
28321 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28322 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28323 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28328 \begin_inset Graphics
28329 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28330 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28331 rotateOrigin center
28340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28346 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28348 \begin_inset space ~
28351 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28353 \begin_inset space ~
28362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28367 \begin_inset Graphics
28368 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28369 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28370 rotateOrigin center
28379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28385 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28387 \begin_inset space ~
28390 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28392 \begin_inset space ~
28396 \begin_inset space ~
28400 \begin_inset space ~
28409 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28414 \begin_inset Graphics
28415 filename ../images/change-next.png
28416 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28417 rotateOrigin center
28426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28430 Jumps to the next change
28436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28441 \begin_inset Graphics
28442 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28443 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28444 rotateOrigin center
28453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28459 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28461 \begin_inset space ~
28464 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28466 \begin_inset space ~
28475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28480 \begin_inset Graphics
28481 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28483 rotateOrigin center
28492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28498 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28500 \begin_inset space ~
28503 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28505 \begin_inset space ~
28514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28519 \begin_inset Graphics
28520 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28521 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28522 rotateOrigin center
28531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28539 \begin_inset space ~
28542 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28544 \begin_inset space ~
28553 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28558 \begin_inset Graphics
28559 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28560 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28561 rotateOrigin center
28570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28578 \begin_inset space ~
28581 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28583 \begin_inset space ~
28587 \begin_inset space ~
28596 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28601 \begin_inset Graphics
28602 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28603 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28604 rotateOrigin center
28613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28619 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28621 \begin_inset space ~
28624 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28626 \begin_inset space ~
28630 \begin_inset space ~
28639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28644 \begin_inset Graphics
28645 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28646 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28647 rotateOrigin center
28656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28662 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28663 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28665 \begin_inset space ~
28674 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28679 \begin_inset Graphics
28680 filename ../images/note-next.png
28681 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28682 rotateOrigin center
28691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28697 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28699 \begin_inset space ~
28715 \begin_layout Standard
28716 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28723 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28724 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28725 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28726 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28727 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28728 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28729 step to the next change.
28730 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28733 \begin_layout Standard
28734 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28735 to describe a change.
28738 \begin_layout Standard
28739 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28746 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28754 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28755 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28761 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28764 \begin_layout Section
28765 International Support
28769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28770 International support
28778 \begin_layout Standard
28779 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28780 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28781 how to set up LyX to use them:
28782 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28784 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28791 \begin_layout Standard
28792 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28793 \begin_inset space ~
28797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28799 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28806 \begin_layout Subsection
28811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28822 Document ! Settings
28831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28832 Document ! Language
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28846 dialog lets you set
28848 the language and character encoding for your language.
28852 \begin_layout Standard
28853 Choose your language in the
28857 section of this dialog.
28865 \begin_layout Standard
28870 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28874 use language's default encoding
28876 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28877 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28878 \begin_inset space ~
28882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28884 reference "sub:Settings"
28891 \begin_layout Subsection
28892 Keyboard mapping configuration
28895 \begin_layout Standard
28896 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28897 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28898 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28899 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28900 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28902 \begin_inset space ~
28906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28908 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28913 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28914 which one you want to use.
28917 \begin_layout Standard
28918 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28919 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28920 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28921 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28922 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28923 one to support the characters you want.
28924 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28931 \begin_layout Subsection
28933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28942 \begin_layout Standard
28944 \begin_inset space ~
28948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28950 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28959 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28963 \begin_layout Standard
28964 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28965 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28973 \begin_layout Itemize
28974 Even if you have selected
28980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28983 dialog, users who have only the
28987 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28991 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28992 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28993 french quotes won't show up.
28996 \begin_layout Standard
28997 \begin_inset Float table
29002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29003 \begin_inset Caption
29005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29006 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29008 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29026 \begin_inset Tabular
29027 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29034 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29038 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29039 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29040 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29041 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33458 \begin_layout Standard
33459 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33461 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33462 also the characters from
33474 \begin_layout Itemize
33483 \begin_layout Standard
33484 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33485 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33491 \begin_layout Standard
33492 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33493 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33499 \begin_layout Standard
33500 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33501 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33507 \begin_layout Standard
33508 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33509 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33515 \begin_layout Standard
33517 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33523 \begin_layout Standard
33525 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33531 \begin_layout Standard
33533 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33540 \begin_layout Itemize
33553 \begin_layout Standard
33555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33561 \begin_layout Standard
33563 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33569 \begin_layout Standard
33571 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33577 \begin_layout Standard
33579 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33585 \begin_layout Standard
33587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33593 \begin_layout Standard
33595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33602 \begin_layout Standard
33603 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33604 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33605 Also make sure you're using the
33612 \begin_layout Chapter
33615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33617 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33624 \begin_layout Standard
33625 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33626 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33627 inside the user's guide.
33630 \begin_layout Section
33635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33644 \begin_layout Standard
33649 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33650 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33653 \begin_layout Subsection
33657 \begin_layout Standard
33658 Creates a new document.
33661 \begin_layout Subsection
33665 \begin_layout Standard
33666 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33667 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33668 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33671 \begin_layout Subsection
33675 \begin_layout Standard
33679 \begin_layout Subsection
33683 \begin_layout Standard
33684 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33685 Click there on a file to open it.
33688 \begin_layout Subsection
33692 \begin_layout Standard
33693 Closes the current document.
33696 \begin_layout Subsection
33700 \begin_layout Standard
33701 Saves the actual document.
33704 \begin_layout Subsection
33708 \begin_layout Standard
33709 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33712 \begin_layout Subsection
33716 \begin_layout Standard
33717 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33720 \begin_layout Subsection
33724 \begin_layout Standard
33725 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33726 It is described in the section
33728 Version Control in LyX
33733 \begin_inset space ~
33741 \begin_layout Subsection
33745 \begin_layout Standard
33746 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33747 text files (ASCII-files).
33748 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33751 \begin_layout Standard
33752 When using the menu
33755 \begin_inset space ~
33759 \begin_inset space ~
33764 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33765 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33766 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33767 will start a new paragraph.
33770 \begin_layout Subsection
33772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33781 \begin_layout Standard
33782 You can export your document to various file formats.
33783 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33784 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33785 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33788 \begin_layout Standard
33789 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33791 \begin_inset space ~
33795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33797 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33804 \begin_layout Description
33808 \begin_inset space ~
33813 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33814 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33817 \begin_layout Description
33825 \begin_layout Description
33826 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33830 \begin_layout Description
33832 \begin_inset space ~
33836 \begin_inset space ~
33839 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33843 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33851 \begin_layout Description
33858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33866 \begin_inset space ~
33871 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33872 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33876 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33879 \begin_layout Description
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33894 \begin_inset space ~
33899 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33900 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33908 \begin_layout Description
33910 \begin_inset space ~
33913 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33921 is replaced by the version number)
33924 \begin_layout Description
33925 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33938 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33942 \begin_layout Description
33947 PDF-format using the program
33952 \begin_layout Description
33956 \begin_inset space ~
33961 PDF-format using the program
33966 \begin_layout Description
33970 \begin_inset space ~
33975 PDF-format using the program
33980 \begin_layout Description
33984 \begin_inset space ~
33992 \begin_layout Description
33996 \begin_inset space ~
34000 \begin_inset space ~
34005 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34006 and then exported as text using the program
34011 \begin_layout Description
34016 PostScript format using the program
34021 \begin_layout Description
34029 \begin_layout Standard
34034 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34035 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34041 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34044 \begin_layout Standard
34045 If one of the menu entries
34052 \begin_inset space ~
34061 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34062 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34063 \begin_inset space ~
34067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34069 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34078 Reconfiguration of LyX
34086 \begin_layout Standard
34091 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34092 the export program.
34095 \begin_layout Subsection
34099 \begin_layout Standard
34100 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34101 or send it to a printer.
34102 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34103 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34109 For more informations have a look at section
34110 \begin_inset space ~
34114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34116 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34123 \begin_layout Subsection
34124 New and Close Window
34127 \begin_layout Standard
34128 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34129 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34132 \begin_layout Section
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34146 \begin_layout Subsection
34150 \begin_layout Standard
34151 Described in section
34152 \begin_inset space ~
34156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34158 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34165 \begin_layout Subsection
34166 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34169 \begin_layout Standard
34170 Described in section
34171 \begin_inset space ~
34175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34177 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34184 \begin_layout Subsection
34188 \begin_layout Standard
34189 Selects the whole document.
34192 \begin_layout Subsection
34196 \begin_layout Standard
34197 Described in section
34198 \begin_inset space ~
34202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34204 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34211 \begin_layout Subsection
34212 Move paragraph Up/Down
34215 \begin_layout Standard
34216 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34220 \begin_layout Subsection
34224 \begin_layout Standard
34225 Described in section
34226 \begin_inset space ~
34230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34232 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34239 \begin_layout Subsection
34244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34245 Paragraph ! Settings
34253 \begin_layout Standard
34254 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34256 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34259 \begin_layout Standard
34260 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34261 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34264 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34270 \begin_inset space ~
34278 \begin_layout Subsection
34282 \begin_layout Standard
34283 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34284 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34285 The properties of tables are described in section
34286 \begin_inset space ~
34290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34292 reference "sec:Tables"
34296 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34297 \begin_inset space ~
34301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34303 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34310 \begin_layout Subsection
34311 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34314 \begin_layout Standard
34315 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34317 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34318 \begin_inset space ~
34322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34324 reference "sec:Nesting"
34329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34331 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34338 \begin_layout Section
34343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34352 \begin_layout Standard
34357 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34358 document with an external program.
34359 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34360 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34361 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34362 \begin_inset space ~
34366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34368 reference "sub:Export"
34373 You should at least see the menu entries
34380 \begin_inset space ~
34386 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34387 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34388 \begin_inset space ~
34392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34394 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34403 Reconfiguration of LyX
34411 \begin_layout Standard
34412 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34413 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34414 \begin_inset space ~
34418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34420 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34425 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34428 \begin_layout Standard
34429 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34432 At the bottom of the
34436 menu the opened documents are listed.
34439 \begin_layout Subsection
34443 \begin_layout Standard
34444 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34446 \begin_inset space ~
34450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34452 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34459 \begin_layout Subsection
34463 \begin_layout Standard
34464 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34465 opening a new view window.
34468 \begin_layout Subsection
34470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34472 name "sub:Toolbars"
34480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34489 \begin_layout Standard
34490 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34491 All toolbars and the
34494 \begin_inset space ~
34499 can be turned on and off.
34504 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34516 \begin_inset space ~
34525 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34529 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34536 \begin_layout Standard
34541 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34545 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34546 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34547 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34548 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34549 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34552 \begin_layout Standard
34553 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34554 \begin_inset space ~
34558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34560 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34567 \begin_layout Section
34572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34581 \begin_layout Subsection
34585 \begin_layout Standard
34586 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34587 \begin_inset space ~
34591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34593 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34600 \begin_layout Subsection
34602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34604 name "sub:Special-Character"
34611 \begin_layout Standard
34612 Here you can insert the following characters:
34615 \begin_layout Description
34616 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34620 \begin_layout Description
34622 \begin_inset space ~
34626 \begin_inset space ~
34629 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34630 \begin_inset space ~
34634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34636 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34643 \begin_layout Description
34645 \begin_inset space ~
34648 Quote Inserts this quote:
34649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34652 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34664 \begin_layout Description
34666 \begin_inset space ~
34669 Quote Inserts this quote:
34670 \begin_inset Quotes els
34676 \begin_layout Description
34678 \begin_inset space ~
34681 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34685 \begin_layout Description
34687 \begin_inset space ~
34694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34705 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34710 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34711 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34712 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34721 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34727 \begin_inset Newline newline
34730 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34734 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34742 and this Wiki-page:
34743 \begin_inset Newline newline
34747 \begin_inset Flex URL
34750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34752 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34760 \begin_layout Subsection
34764 \begin_layout Standard
34765 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34768 \begin_layout Description
34769 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34770 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34776 \begin_layout Description
34777 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34778 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34784 \begin_layout Description
34786 \begin_inset space ~
34789 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34790 \begin_inset space ~
34794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34796 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34803 \begin_layout Description
34805 \begin_inset space ~
34808 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34809 \begin_inset space ~
34813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34815 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34822 \begin_layout Description
34824 \begin_inset space ~
34827 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34828 \begin_inset space ~
34832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34834 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34841 \begin_layout Description
34843 \begin_inset space ~
34846 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34847 \begin_inset space ~
34851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34853 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34860 \begin_layout Description
34862 \begin_inset space ~
34865 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34866 \begin_inset space ~
34870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34872 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34879 \begin_layout Description
34881 \begin_inset space ~
34884 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34885 \begin_inset space ~
34889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34891 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34898 \begin_layout Description
34900 \begin_inset space ~
34903 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34904 \begin_inset space ~
34908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34910 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34917 \begin_layout Description
34919 \begin_inset space ~
34922 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34923 \begin_inset space ~
34927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34929 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34936 \begin_layout Description
34938 \begin_inset space ~
34941 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34942 \begin_inset space ~
34946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34948 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34955 \begin_layout Description
34957 \begin_inset space ~
34960 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34961 \begin_inset space ~
34965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34967 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34974 \begin_layout Description
34976 \begin_inset space ~
34979 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34980 \begin_inset space ~
34984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34986 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34993 \begin_layout Description
34995 \begin_inset space ~
34999 \begin_inset space ~
35002 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35003 \begin_inset space ~
35007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35009 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35016 \begin_layout Subsection
35020 \begin_layout Standard
35021 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35022 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35024 \begin_inset space ~
35028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35030 reference "sec:toc"
35035 The index list is described in section
35036 \begin_inset space ~
35040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35042 reference "sec:Index"
35046 , the nomenclature in section
35047 \begin_inset space ~
35051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35053 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35057 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35058 \begin_inset space ~
35062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35064 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35071 \begin_layout Subsection
35075 \begin_layout Standard
35076 To insert floats, described in section
35077 \begin_inset space ~
35081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35083 reference "sec:Floats"
35090 \begin_layout Subsection
35094 \begin_layout Standard
35095 To insert notes, described in section
35096 \begin_inset space ~
35100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35102 reference "sec:Notes"
35109 \begin_layout Subsection
35113 \begin_layout Standard
35114 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35115 \begin_inset space ~
35119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35121 reference "sec:Branches"
35128 \begin_layout Subsection
35133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35142 \begin_layout Standard
35143 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35144 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35155 \begin_layout Subsection
35160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35169 \begin_layout Standard
35170 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35171 \begin_inset space ~
35175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35177 reference "sec:Minipages"
35182 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35193 \begin_layout Subsection
35197 \begin_layout Standard
35198 Inserts a citation as described in section
35199 \begin_inset space ~
35203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35205 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35212 \begin_layout Subsection
35216 \begin_layout Standard
35217 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35218 \begin_inset space ~
35222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35224 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35231 \begin_layout Subsection
35235 \begin_layout Standard
35236 Inserts a label as described in section
35237 \begin_inset space ~
35241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35243 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35250 \begin_layout Subsection
35255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35266 Longtables ! Caption
35274 \begin_layout Standard
35275 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35276 Floats are described in section
35277 \begin_inset space ~
35281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35283 reference "sec:Floats"
35287 , cations in longtables are described in section
35298 \begin_layout Subsection
35302 \begin_layout Standard
35303 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35304 \begin_inset space ~
35308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35310 reference "sec:Index"
35317 \begin_layout Subsection
35321 \begin_layout Standard
35322 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35323 \begin_inset space ~
35327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35329 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35336 \begin_layout Subsection
35340 \begin_layout Standard
35342 Tables are described in section
35343 \begin_inset space ~
35347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35349 reference "sec:Tables"
35356 \begin_layout Subsection
35360 \begin_layout Standard
35362 Graphics are described in section
35363 \begin_inset space ~
35367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35369 reference "sec:Graphics"
35376 \begin_layout Subsection
35380 \begin_layout Standard
35381 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35382 \begin_inset space ~
35386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35388 reference "sec:URL"
35395 \begin_layout Subsection
35399 \begin_layout Standard
35400 Inserts a footnote, see section
35401 \begin_inset space ~
35405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35407 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35414 \begin_layout Subsection
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35419 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35420 \begin_inset space ~
35424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35426 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35433 \begin_layout Subsection
35437 \begin_layout Standard
35438 Inserts a short title, see section
35439 \begin_inset space ~
35443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35445 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35452 \begin_layout Subsection
35456 \begin_layout Standard
35457 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35458 \begin_inset space ~
35462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35464 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35471 \begin_layout Subsection
35476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35485 \begin_layout Standard
35486 Inserts a program listings box.
35487 Program listings are explained in chapter
35489 Program Code Listings
35498 \begin_layout Subsection
35502 \begin_layout Standard
35503 Inserts the actual date.
35504 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35506 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35516 There the different methods are also compared.
35519 \begin_layout Section
35524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35533 \begin_layout Standard
35534 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35535 the current document.
35536 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35539 \begin_layout Standard
35540 The Navigate menu also offers to
35543 \begin_layout Subsection
35547 \begin_layout Standard
35548 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35549 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35552 \begin_inset space ~
35556 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35557 \begin_inset space ~
35560 2.5 and use the menu
35563 \begin_inset space ~
35567 \begin_inset space ~
35574 \begin_inset space ~
35580 \begin_inset space ~
35584 \begin_inset space ~
35590 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35602 \begin_layout Standard
35603 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35604 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35607 \begin_layout Subsection
35608 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35611 \begin_layout Standard
35612 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35616 \begin_layout Subsection
35620 \begin_layout Standard
35621 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35622 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35623 on a cross-reference box.
35626 \begin_layout Section
35631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35640 \begin_layout Subsection
35644 \begin_layout Standard
35645 Change Tracking is described in section
35646 \begin_inset space ~
35650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35652 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35659 \begin_layout Subsection
35664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35674 \begin_layout Standard
35675 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35677 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35680 \begin_layout Standard
35681 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35686 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35689 \begin_layout Subsection
35693 \begin_layout Standard
35694 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35695 \begin_inset space ~
35699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35701 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35708 \begin_layout Subsection
35709 Start Appendix Here
35712 \begin_layout Standard
35713 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35714 position as described in section
35715 \begin_inset space ~
35719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35721 reference "sec:Appendices"
35728 \begin_layout Subsection
35732 \begin_layout Standard
35733 Un/compresses the actual document.
35736 \begin_layout Subsection
35738 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35740 name "sub:Settings"
35748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35749 Document ! Settings
35757 \begin_layout Standard
35758 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35760 You can save your document settings as default with the
35762 Save as Document Defaults
35764 button in the dialog.
35765 This will create a template named
35769 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35773 \begin_layout Standard
35774 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35777 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35781 \begin_layout Standard
35782 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35783 Document classes are described in section
35784 \begin_inset space ~
35788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35790 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35795 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35800 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35801 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35804 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35808 \begin_layout Standard
35809 The document font settings are described in section
35810 \begin_inset space ~
35814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35816 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35823 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35827 \begin_layout Standard
35828 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35830 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35835 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35836 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35837 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35840 \begin_layout Standard
35841 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35849 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35853 \begin_layout Standard
35854 A description of this menu is given in section
35855 \begin_inset space ~
35859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35861 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35868 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35875 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35879 \begin_layout Standard
35880 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35881 \begin_inset space ~
35885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35887 reference "sub:Margins"
35894 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35900 Language ! Encoding
35908 \begin_layout Standard
35909 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35910 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35911 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35912 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35913 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35914 known for a particular character).
35918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35919 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35920 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35925 manual for details.
35933 \begin_layout Standard
35934 If you use the option
35936 use language's default encoding
35938 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35940 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35941 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35942 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35943 exactly one encoding.
35944 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35953 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35954 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35956 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35957 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35971 \begin_layout Standard
35972 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35973 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35974 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35975 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35976 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35977 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35980 use language's default encoding
35982 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35983 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35984 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35987 \begin_layout Standard
35988 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35991 \begin_layout Description
35993 \begin_inset space ~
35998 use language's default encoding
36000 , but the LaTeX-package
36008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36009 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36015 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
36018 \begin_layout Description
36019 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36022 \begin_layout Description
36023 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36024 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36027 \begin_layout Description
36028 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36031 \begin_layout Description
36032 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36035 \begin_layout Description
36036 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36039 \begin_layout Description
36040 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36043 \begin_layout Description
36044 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36047 \begin_layout Description
36048 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36049 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36052 \begin_layout Description
36053 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36054 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36057 \begin_layout Description
36058 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36061 \begin_layout Description
36062 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36065 \begin_layout Description
36066 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36069 \begin_layout Description
36070 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36073 \begin_layout Description
36074 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36075 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36076 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36080 \begin_layout Description
36081 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36082 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36085 \begin_layout Description
36086 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36090 \begin_layout Description
36091 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36094 \begin_layout Description
36095 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36096 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36099 \begin_layout Description
36100 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36101 the euro currency sign, the
36105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36114 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36115 be the replacement for latin1
36118 \begin_layout Description
36119 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36122 \begin_layout Description
36123 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36132 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36137 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36140 \begin_layout Description
36141 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36145 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36148 \begin_layout Description
36149 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36158 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36163 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36166 \begin_layout Description
36167 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36171 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36180 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36181 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36195 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36199 \begin_layout Standard
36200 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36202 \begin_inset space ~
36206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36208 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36215 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36219 \begin_layout Standard
36220 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36227 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36243 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36249 For a further description see section
36250 \begin_inset space ~
36254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36256 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36263 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36267 \begin_layout Standard
36268 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36275 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36289 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36296 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36299 \begin_layout Standard
36304 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36305 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36308 \begin_layout Standard
36313 is used for special integral characters.
36316 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36320 \begin_layout Standard
36321 The float placement options are described in section
36322 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36328 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36335 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36339 \begin_layout Standard
36340 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36341 The itemize environment is described in section
36342 \begin_inset space ~
36346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36348 reference "sec:Itemize"
36355 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36359 \begin_layout Standard
36360 Branches are described in section
36361 \begin_inset space ~
36365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36367 reference "sec:Branches"
36374 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36389 \begin_layout Standard
36390 In this text field are entered commands to load special Latex@LaTeX-packages
36391 or to define LaTeX-commands.
36392 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36393 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36397 \begin_layout Standard
36398 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36399 \begin_inset space ~
36403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36405 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36412 \begin_layout Section
36417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36426 \begin_layout Subsection
36430 \begin_layout Standard
36431 Spell checking is explained in section
36432 \begin_inset space ~
36436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36438 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36445 \begin_layout Subsection
36449 \begin_layout Standard
36450 The thesaurus is described in section
36451 \begin_inset space ~
36455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36457 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36464 \begin_layout Subsection
36469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36478 \begin_layout Standard
36479 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36483 \begin_layout Subsection
36488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36497 \begin_layout Standard
36498 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36501 \begin_layout Subsection
36506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36507 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36518 Reconfiguration of LyX
36522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36539 Reconfiguration of LyX
36547 \begin_layout Standard
36548 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36549 That means LyX looks for Latex@LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see
36551 \begin_inset space ~
36555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36557 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36564 \begin_layout Subsection
36568 \begin_layout Standard
36569 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36570 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36576 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36583 \begin_layout Section
36588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36597 \begin_layout Standard
36598 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36606 \begin_inset space ~
36611 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36612 classes found by LyX (see also section
36613 \begin_inset space ~
36617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36619 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36626 \begin_layout Section
36628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36630 name "sec:Toolbars"
36637 \begin_layout Standard
36638 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36639 \begin_inset space ~
36643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36645 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36652 \begin_layout Standard
36653 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36654 This is described in the
36661 \begin_layout Subsection
36666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36675 \begin_layout Standard
36676 \begin_inset Graphics
36677 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36685 \begin_layout Standard
36686 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36692 \begin_layout Standard
36693 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36710 \begin_inset Note Note
36713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36714 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36719 manual for more information.
36727 \begin_layout Standard
36728 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36734 \begin_layout Standard
36735 \begin_inset Tabular
36736 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36737 <features islongtable="true">
36738 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36739 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36745 \begin_inset Graphics
36746 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36760 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36773 \begin_layout Standard
36774 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36780 \begin_layout Standard
36782 \begin_inset Tabular
36783 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36784 <features islongtable="true">
36785 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36786 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36794 \begin_inset Graphics
36795 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36796 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36811 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36823 \begin_inset Graphics
36824 filename ../images/file-open.png
36825 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36840 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36852 \begin_inset Graphics
36853 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36854 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36869 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 \begin_inset Graphics
36882 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36898 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36905 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36910 \begin_inset Graphics
36911 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36912 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36927 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36939 \begin_inset Graphics
36940 filename ../images/undo.png
36941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36963 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36968 \begin_inset Graphics
36969 filename ../images/redo.png
36970 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36992 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36997 \begin_inset Graphics
36998 filename ../images/cut.png
36999 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37014 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37026 \begin_inset Graphics
37027 filename ../images/copy.png
37028 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37043 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37050 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37055 \begin_inset Graphics
37056 filename ../images/paste.png
37057 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37072 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37084 \begin_inset Graphics
37085 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37086 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37087 rotateOrigin center
37096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37102 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37117 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37122 \begin_inset Graphics
37123 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37124 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37137 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37139 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37141 \begin_inset space ~
37152 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 \begin_inset Graphics
37158 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37159 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37172 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37174 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37176 \begin_inset space ~
37187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 \begin_inset Graphics
37193 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
37194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37207 Formats text using the current settings in the
37209 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37211 \begin_inset space ~
37222 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37227 \begin_inset Graphics
37228 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37229 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37245 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37247 \begin_inset space ~
37256 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37261 \begin_inset Graphics
37262 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37263 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37264 rotateOrigin center
37273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37291 \begin_inset Graphics
37292 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37293 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37294 rotateOrigin center
37303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37309 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37316 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37321 \begin_inset Graphics
37322 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37323 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37324 rotateOrigin center
37333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37337 Toggle outline window on/off,
37339 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37346 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37351 \begin_inset Graphics
37352 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37353 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37354 rotateOrigin center
37363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37367 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37373 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37378 \begin_inset Graphics
37379 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37380 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37381 rotateOrigin center
37390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37394 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37407 \begin_layout Subsection
37412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37421 \begin_layout Standard
37422 \begin_inset Graphics
37423 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37431 \begin_layout Standard
37432 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37438 \begin_layout Standard
37439 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37443 \begin_layout Standard
37444 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37450 \begin_layout Standard
37451 \begin_inset Tabular
37452 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37453 <features islongtable="true">
37454 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37455 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37456 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37461 \begin_inset Graphics
37462 filename ../images/layout.png
37463 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37464 rotateOrigin center
37473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37488 \begin_inset Graphics
37489 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37490 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37491 rotateOrigin center
37500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37515 \begin_inset Graphics
37516 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37518 rotateOrigin center
37527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37542 \begin_inset Graphics
37543 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37544 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37545 rotateOrigin center
37554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37569 \begin_inset Graphics
37570 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37572 rotateOrigin center
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37596 \begin_inset Graphics
37597 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37599 rotateOrigin center
37608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37614 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37616 \begin_inset space ~
37620 \begin_inset space ~
37629 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37634 \begin_inset Graphics
37635 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37636 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37637 rotateOrigin center
37646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37652 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37654 \begin_inset space ~
37658 \begin_inset space ~
37667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37672 \begin_inset Graphics
37673 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37690 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37697 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37702 \begin_inset Graphics
37703 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37704 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37720 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37732 \begin_inset Graphics
37733 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37734 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37756 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37761 \begin_inset Graphics
37762 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37763 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37778 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37785 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37790 \begin_inset Graphics
37791 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37792 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37814 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37819 \begin_inset Graphics
37820 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37821 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37838 \begin_inset space ~
37847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37852 \begin_inset Graphics
37853 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37854 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37871 \begin_inset space ~
37880 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37885 \begin_inset Graphics
37886 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37902 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37914 \begin_inset Graphics
37915 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37917 rotateOrigin center
37926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37934 \begin_inset space ~
37943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37948 \begin_inset Graphics
37949 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37950 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37966 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37968 \begin_inset space ~
37977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37982 \begin_inset Graphics
37983 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37984 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37999 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38006 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38011 \begin_inset Graphics
38012 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38013 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38035 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38040 \begin_inset Graphics
38041 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38042 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38084 \begin_inset Graphics
38085 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38086 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38102 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38104 \begin_inset space ~
38113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38118 \begin_inset Graphics
38119 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38120 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38121 rotateOrigin center
38130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38136 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38138 \begin_inset space ~
38147 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38152 \begin_inset Graphics
38153 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38154 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38155 rotateOrigin center
38164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38170 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38172 \begin_inset space ~
38181 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38186 \begin_inset Graphics
38187 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38188 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38189 rotateOrigin center
38198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38204 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38218 \begin_layout Subsection
38219 View / Update Toolbar
38223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38224 Toolbar ! View / Update
38232 \begin_layout Standard
38233 \begin_inset Graphics
38234 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38241 \begin_layout Standard
38242 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38248 \begin_layout Standard
38249 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38253 \begin_layout Standard
38254 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38260 \begin_layout Standard
38261 \begin_inset Tabular
38262 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38263 <features islongtable="true">
38264 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38265 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38266 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38271 \begin_inset Graphics
38272 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38273 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38274 rotateOrigin center
38283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38289 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38301 \begin_inset Graphics
38302 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38304 rotateOrigin center
38313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38319 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38320 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38332 \begin_inset Graphics
38333 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38335 rotateOrigin center
38344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38350 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38357 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38362 \begin_inset Graphics
38363 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38364 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38365 rotateOrigin center
38374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38380 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38381 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38387 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38388 functionality is merged with
38390 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38410 \begin_inset Graphics
38411 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38412 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38413 rotateOrigin center
38422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38428 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38440 \begin_inset Graphics
38441 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38442 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38443 rotateOrigin center
38452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38458 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38459 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38473 \begin_layout Subsection
38477 \begin_layout Standard
38478 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38479 \begin_inset space ~
38483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38485 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38489 , the table toolbar
38493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38499 is explained in the
38506 \begin_layout Chapter
38512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38514 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38531 \begin_layout Standard
38532 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38534 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38537 \begin_layout Section
38541 \begin_layout Subsection
38543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38554 Customization ! of toolbars
38563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38564 Customization ! of menus
38572 \begin_layout Standard
38573 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38581 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38589 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38590 User Interface File
38594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38595 Customization ! of toolbars
38604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38605 Customization ! of menus
38613 \begin_layout Standard
38614 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38615 interface (ui) file.
38616 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38617 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38626 Both files are loaded by the
38631 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38632 files and edit the entries.
38635 \begin_layout Standard
38636 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38648 entries must be ended with an explicit
38673 and in the case of the
38674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38686 The syntax for the entries is:
38689 \begin_layout Standard
38690 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38718 \begin_layout Standard
38720 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38723 All LyX-functions are listed in
38724 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38733 \begin_layout Standard
38734 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38740 \begin_layout Standard
38741 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38743 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38746 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38750 \begin_layout Standard
38751 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38756 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38759 \begin_layout Standard
38761 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38764 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38767 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38781 \begin_layout Standard
38782 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38783 Several binding files are available:
38786 \begin_layout Description
38787 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38790 \begin_layout Description
38791 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38802 \begin_layout Description
38803 mac.bind set of bindings for
38806 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38814 \begin_layout Standard
38815 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38819 , and bind files for special languages.
38820 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38830 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38834 \begin_layout Standard
38835 Some bind-files, like
38839 , have only a small scope.
38840 When looking at the the end of the file
38844 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38847 \begin_layout Standard
38848 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38849 s with a text editor.
38850 The syntax of the entries is:
38853 \begin_layout Standard
38859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38877 \begin_layout Standard
38878 All LyX-functions are listed in
38879 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38888 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38892 \begin_layout Standard
38896 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38900 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38903 restore window size, or use fixed size
38905 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38909 \begin_layout Standard
38913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38917 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38920 restore window position
38922 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38925 \begin_layout Standard
38928 Restore cursor positions
38930 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38934 \begin_layout Standard
38937 Load opened files from last session
38939 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38946 name "sub:Backup documents"
38954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38963 \begin_layout Standard
38968 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
38971 \begin_layout Standard
38976 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
38979 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38981 \begin_inset space ~
38989 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38993 \begin_layout Standard
38996 Cursor follows scrollbar
38998 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39002 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39006 \begin_layout Standard
39009 Enable Pixmap Cache
39011 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39012 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39013 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39014 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39016 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39017 \begin_inset space ~
39023 \begin_layout Subsection
39028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39037 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39044 \begin_layout Standard
39045 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39048 \begin_layout Standard
39049 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39057 This section only deals with the fonts
39062 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39065 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39066 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39077 \begin_layout Standard
39078 By default, LyX uses
39082 as roman (serif) font,
39090 (depends on the system) as
39093 \begin_inset space ~
39109 \begin_layout Standard
39110 You can change the font size with the
39117 \begin_layout Standard
39122 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39123 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39128 points have the size of 1
39129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39133 \begin_inset space ~
39137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39139 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39146 \begin_layout Standard
39151 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39152 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39156 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39157 \begin_inset space ~
39161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39163 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39170 \begin_layout Subsection
39175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39194 \begin_layout Standard
39195 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39196 Choose an item in the list and use the
39203 \begin_layout Subsection
39208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39209 Settings ! Graphics
39217 \begin_layout Standard
39218 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39221 \begin_layout Standard
39226 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39227 This feature is described in section
39228 \begin_inset space ~
39232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39234 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39241 \begin_layout Subsection
39246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39257 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39265 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39272 \begin_layout Standard
39273 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39274 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39280 \begin_inset space ~
39283 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39284 can use the keyboard map file named
39291 \begin_layout Standard
39292 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39300 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39308 \begin_layout Section
39313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39324 Settings ! Directory
39332 \begin_layout Description
39334 \begin_inset space ~
39337 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39338 It is the default when you
39349 \begin_inset space ~
39357 \begin_layout Description
39359 \begin_inset space ~
39362 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39364 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39366 \begin_inset space ~
39370 \begin_inset space ~
39378 \begin_layout Description
39380 \begin_inset space ~
39387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39393 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39394 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39395 \begin_inset space ~
39399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39401 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39409 will be used to save the backups.
39410 \begin_inset Newline newline
39413 The backup files have the ending
39414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39424 \begin_layout Description
39429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39436 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39437 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39438 \begin_inset Newline newline
39442 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39450 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39458 \begin_layout Description
39460 \begin_inset space ~
39463 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39466 \begin_layout Description
39468 \begin_inset space ~
39471 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39472 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39473 to find it on the system.
39474 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39475 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39484 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39485 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39489 \begin_layout Section
39493 \begin_layout Standard
39494 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39495 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39497 \begin_inset space ~
39501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39503 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39507 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39510 \begin_layout Section
39515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39516 Language ! Settings
39525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39526 Settings ! Language
39534 \begin_layout Subsection
39538 \begin_layout Description
39540 \begin_inset space ~
39543 language is the language used in new documents
39546 \begin_layout Description
39548 \begin_inset space ~
39551 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39553 The default is the LaTeX-command
39559 that loads the package
39567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39568 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39569 \begin_inset space ~
39573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39575 reference "sec:ERT"
39585 \begin_inset Newline newline
39592 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39593 the document language.
39594 A text label is for instance the word
39595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39602 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39605 \begin_layout Description
39607 \begin_inset space ~
39610 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39611 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39612 An example is the start command
39618 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39623 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39638 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39643 \begin_layout Description
39645 \begin_inset space ~
39653 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39654 command toggles the package on and off.
39657 \begin_layout Description
39659 \begin_inset space ~
39669 \begin_layout Description
39670 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39671 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39672 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39673 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39680 \begin_layout Description
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39685 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39687 When this option is not set, the
39690 \begin_inset space ~
39695 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39696 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39707 \begin_layout Description
39709 \begin_inset space ~
39715 \begin_inset space ~
39721 When it is not set, the
39724 \begin_inset space ~
39729 is set to the end of the document.
39732 \begin_layout Description
39734 \begin_inset space ~
39738 \begin_inset space ~
39741 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39742 language will be underlined blue.
39745 \begin_layout Description
39747 \begin_inset space ~
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39759 \begin_inset space ~
39762 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39766 \begin_layout Subsection
39770 \begin_layout Standard
39771 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39772 \begin_inset space ~
39776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39778 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39785 \begin_layout Section
39789 \begin_layout Subsection
39791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39820 \begin_layout Description
39822 \begin_inset space ~
39825 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39826 The name will be used when the
39831 \begin_inset Newline newline
39835 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39843 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39852 \begin_layout Description
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39858 \begin_inset space ~
39862 \begin_inset space ~
39865 printer This option works only for the
39870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39882 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39883 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39886 \begin_layout Description
39888 \begin_inset space ~
39891 command is the command LyX
39892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39896 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39899 LaTeX uses for printing.
39900 The default is on most systems
39907 \begin_layout Description
39909 \begin_inset space ~
39913 \begin_inset space ~
39916 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39917 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39918 of the program that provides the
39925 \begin_layout Subsection
39930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39941 Settings ! Date format
39949 \begin_layout Standard
39950 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39951 \begin_inset Newline newline
39955 \begin_inset Flex URL
39958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39960 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
39966 \begin_inset Newline newline
39969 For example the format
39970 \begin_inset Newline newline
39974 \begin_inset Newline newline
39977 prints the date as day/month/year.
39980 \begin_layout Subsection
39984 \begin_layout Description
39986 \begin_inset space ~
39990 \begin_inset space ~
39993 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
39996 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39997 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39999 \begin_inset space ~
40005 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40009 \begin_layout Description
40011 \begin_inset space ~
40014 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40019 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40020 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40023 \begin_layout Subsection
40028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40038 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40047 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40055 \begin_layout Description
40060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40068 \begin_inset space ~
40071 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40076 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40098 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40111 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40112 LyX sets up in the background.
40113 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40116 \begin_layout Description
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40122 \begin_inset space ~
40125 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40130 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40133 \begin_layout Description
40135 \begin_inset space ~
40139 \begin_inset space ~
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40147 \begin_inset space ~
40151 \begin_inset space ~
40155 \begin_inset space ~
40158 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40160 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40163 dialog when changing the document class.
40166 \begin_layout Standard
40169 External Applications
40171 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40172 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40173 manuals of the applications.
40174 Currently the following commands can be set:
40177 \begin_layout Description
40182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40190 \begin_inset space ~
40193 command Command for the program
40197 that is described in section
40208 \begin_layout Description
40213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40221 \begin_inset space ~
40224 command Command for the program
40228 that generates the bibliography, see section
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40235 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40242 \begin_layout Description
40244 \begin_inset space ~
40247 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40248 \begin_inset space ~
40252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40254 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40261 \begin_layout Description
40263 \begin_inset space ~
40267 \begin_inset space ~
40271 \begin_inset space ~
40275 \begin_inset space ~
40278 options They only have an effect when the program
40282 is used as DVI-viewer.
40285 \begin_layout Subsection
40290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40309 \begin_layout Standard
40314 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40317 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40319 uses the Windows path style:
40322 \begin_layout Standard
40330 \begin_layout Standard
40331 instead of the Unix path style:
40334 \begin_layout Standard
40338 \begin_layout Section
40343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40352 \begin_layout Standard
40353 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40354 from one format to another.
40355 You can modify them or create new ones.
40356 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40363 \begin_inset space ~
40373 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40377 \begin_inset space ~
40382 drop-down list, modify the
40386 field, and press the
40393 \begin_layout Standard
40396 Converter File Cache
40398 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40401 Maximum Age (in days
40404 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40405 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40408 \begin_layout Standard
40409 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40410 the converter definition, is described in section
40421 \begin_layout Section
40426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40435 name "sec:File-Formats"
40442 \begin_layout Standard
40443 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40444 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40446 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40454 \begin_inset space ~
40466 \begin_layout Standard
40467 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40468 is described in section
40479 \begin_layout Section
40484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40493 \begin_layout Standard
40494 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40495 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40496 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40497 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40498 This is done by a Copier.
40501 \begin_layout Standard
40502 More about converters is described in section
40513 \begin_layout Chapter
40514 Units available in LyX
40518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40527 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40534 \begin_layout Standard
40535 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40538 reference "cap:Units"
40542 explains all units available in LyX.
40545 \begin_layout Standard
40546 \begin_inset Float table
40552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40553 \begin_inset Caption
40555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40571 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40579 \begin_inset Tabular
40580 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40734 scaled point (65536
40735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40795 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40850 % of original image width
40857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41064 \begin_layout Chapter
41066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41075 \begin_layout Standard
41076 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41077 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41080 \begin_layout Itemize
41083 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41086 \begin_layout Itemize
41092 \begin_layout Itemize
41098 \begin_layout Itemize
41104 \begin_layout Itemize
41110 \begin_layout Itemize
41116 \begin_layout Itemize
41122 \begin_layout Itemize
41128 \begin_layout Itemize
41131 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41134 \begin_layout Itemize
41140 \begin_layout Itemize
41146 \begin_layout Itemize
41152 \begin_layout Itemize
41158 \begin_layout Itemize
41164 \begin_layout Itemize
41170 \begin_layout Itemize
41176 \begin_layout Itemize
41182 \begin_layout Itemize
41184 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41193 \begin_layout Standard
41194 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41197 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41204 \begin_layout Bibliography
41205 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41206 LatexCommand bibitem
41213 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41216 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41221 \begin_inset Newline newline
41225 \begin_inset Flex URL
41228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41230 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41238 \begin_layout Bibliography
41239 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41240 LatexCommand bibitem
41241 key "latexcompanion"
41245 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41247 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41250 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41253 \begin_layout Bibliography
41254 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41255 LatexCommand bibitem
41260 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41263 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41266 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41269 \begin_layout Bibliography
41270 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41271 LatexCommand bibitem
41278 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41281 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41284 \begin_layout Bibliography
41285 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41286 LatexCommand bibitem
41298 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41301 \begin_layout Bibliography
41302 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41303 LatexCommand bibitem
41309 \begin_inset Newline newline
41313 \begin_inset Flex URL
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41318 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41326 \begin_layout Bibliography
41327 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41328 LatexCommand bibitem
41334 \begin_inset Newline newline
41338 \begin_inset Flex URL
41341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41343 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41351 \begin_layout Bibliography
41352 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41353 LatexCommand bibitem
41359 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41361 name "Documentation"
41362 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41371 \begin_inset Newline newline
41375 \begin_inset Flex URL
41378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41380 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41388 \begin_layout Bibliography
41389 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41390 LatexCommand bibitem
41396 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41398 name "Documentation"
41399 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41403 of the LaTeX-package
41411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41412 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41418 \begin_inset Newline newline
41422 \begin_inset Flex URL
41425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41435 \begin_layout Bibliography
41436 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41437 LatexCommand bibitem
41443 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41445 name "Documentation"
41446 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41450 of the LaTeX-package
41458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41459 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41465 \begin_inset Newline newline
41469 \begin_inset Flex URL
41472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41474 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41482 \begin_layout Bibliography
41483 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41484 LatexCommand bibitem
41490 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41492 name "Documentation"
41493 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41497 of the LaTeX-package
41505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41506 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41512 \begin_inset Newline newline
41516 \begin_inset Flex URL
41519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41521 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41529 \begin_layout Bibliography
41530 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41531 LatexCommand bibitem
41537 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41539 name "Documentation"
41540 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41544 of the LaTeX-package
41552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41553 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41559 \begin_inset Newline newline
41563 \begin_inset Flex URL
41566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41568 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41576 \begin_layout Bibliography
41577 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41578 LatexCommand bibitem
41584 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41586 name "Documentation"
41587 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41591 of the LaTeX-package
41599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41600 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41606 \begin_inset Newline newline
41610 \begin_inset Flex URL
41613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41615 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41623 \begin_layout Bibliography
41624 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41625 LatexCommand bibitem
41631 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41634 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41638 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41639 \begin_inset Newline newline
41643 \begin_inset Flex URL
41646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41648 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41656 \begin_layout Bibliography
41657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41658 LatexCommand bibitem
41664 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41667 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41671 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41672 \begin_inset Newline newline
41676 \begin_inset Flex URL
41679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41681 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41689 \begin_layout Bibliography
41690 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41691 LatexCommand bibitem
41697 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41700 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41704 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41705 \begin_inset Newline newline
41709 \begin_inset Flex URL
41712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41714 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41722 \begin_layout Bibliography
41723 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41724 LatexCommand bibitem
41730 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41733 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41737 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41738 \begin_inset Newline newline
41742 \begin_inset Flex URL
41745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41747 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41755 \begin_layout Bibliography
41756 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41757 LatexCommand bibitem
41763 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41766 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41770 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41771 \begin_inset Newline newline
41775 \begin_inset Flex URL
41778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41780 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41788 \begin_layout Bibliography
41789 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41790 LatexCommand bibitem
41796 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41799 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41803 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41804 \begin_inset Newline newline
41808 \begin_inset Flex URL
41811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41813 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41821 \begin_layout Bibliography
41822 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41823 LatexCommand bibitem
41829 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41832 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41836 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41837 \begin_inset Newline newline
41841 \begin_inset Flex URL
41844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41846 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41854 \begin_layout Bibliography
41855 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41856 LatexCommand bibitem
41862 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41865 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41869 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41870 \begin_inset Newline newline
41874 \begin_inset Flex URL
41877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41879 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41887 \begin_layout Bibliography
41888 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41889 LatexCommand bibitem
41895 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41898 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
41902 about new features in
41907 \begin_inset Newline newline
41911 \begin_inset Flex URL
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41916 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
41924 \begin_layout Standard
41925 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41959 \begin_inset Note Note
41962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41969 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
41970 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
41971 bibliography is the second one:
41979 \begin_layout Standard
41980 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
41981 LatexCommand bibtex
41982 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
41983 options "biblio/alphadin"
41990 \begin_layout Standard
41991 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
41994 \begin_layout Standard
41997 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
41998 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42003 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42004 LatexCommand printindex